Download as xls, pdf, or txt
Download as xls, pdf, or txt
You are on page 1of 142

iBSC(6.20.200e&6.20.

200f)radio
BSC Level PS Part Parameters

BSC Level CS Part Parameters

Module Parameters

PC Related Parameters

HO Related Parameters
.20.200f)radio parameter
Cell Level PS Part Parameters

Cell Level Function Parameters

Adjacent Related Parameters

CR Related Parameters
mode
MS
can the
kbps,beof CSthe
chosen
and 21.4
circuit
paging
for each
kbps, message
channel,
on the same
timeslot
respectively.the
or
GPRS
channel
even
The lowdata
each of block
GPRS
TBF.
level
may employ
paging
During
coding modethe
channel
data has
CS-1
(packet
transmission
higher or CCCH
error of
to CS-4
paging coding
GRPR, to reach
correction
modes,
channel),
the with
maximum
capability orandon
Parameter Parameter dataparameter
rates value range default recomand
Category
Name (EN) Code
the
radio data 9.05
lowerexplain &unit value value dence urban ares/urban ares
kbps,
GPRS trafficthe
throughput,
throughput. 900M 1800M
13.4
channel
networkkbps,
Different (when
shall15.6
kbps,
it is
select and 21.4
assigned
the
coding modes
kbps,
with
coding
can be mode
chosen
respectively.
a packet data
dynamically
for
The low
channel).
according
each level
timeslotIt
to
coding
means
the data mode
that
or even each rateMShas
Codec higher
has errorand
mode Cn Cn requirement
TBF. During 100,%(>) 85,85,85 85,85,85 85,85,85 85,85,85
correction
to monitor only
radio
data
adjustment capability
one paging and
transmission
transmission of
lower
GRPR, data
channel.
quality. to Good
reach
throughput.
Network
radio
the maximum
Different
operation
transmission
radio mode
coding
1
quality modes
is required
throughput, means the
can
while
that be
networkthechosen
shall
for
configuring
probability
select the of
each
the timeslot
PBCCH;
coding Gs
Codec or even each
interfce is
retransmission
mode Nn Nn mode 0 ~ 255 20,20,20 20,20,20 20,20,20 20,20,20
TBF.
of theDuring
required error
dynamically
adjustment data
while
radio
accordingblocksto is
transmission
configuring
small.
the data Inrate
this of
GRPR,
network
time the to reach
requirement codingand
the
mode
radiomaximum
operation
that mode
radio
1.
carries
transmissionlarge
Codec throughput,
Mode
data 2: The the
volume
quality.
mode Xn Xn network
(thatthe
When is,shall
sends
high
radio 0 ~ 100,%(>) 25,25,25 25,25,25 25,25,25 25,25,25
adjustment select
to the
thecoding
level
transmission
coding
“GPRS-
mode)
quality canisbe
mode
attached” MS Network
used.
poor,
dynamically
the
For CS
TBFpaging
(uplink operation
the coding mode mode
according
message
and
withdownlink)
strongerto
BSC's net the
on
in
anti-data
the rate
CCCH
channel 1;Network Network Network Network Network
Paging CS based
operation NMO requirement
paging
coding channel,
mode
interference and
CSn operation operation operation operation operation
related paging.
radio
which is This
also
mode (1=n=3),
capability
parameter ifis the mode mode 2 mode 2 mode 2 mode 2
transmission
for
(thatGPRS
number of data
is, low 2;Network
broadcasted
quality.
paging. It in
blocks
level
GPRS coding
CELL operation
When
When
means bytes
the
that
transmitted radio
MS
BSC BSSGP
mode)
OPTIONS layer
shall
transmitted throughfor mode 3
transmission
only
consecutively
MS first
parameters.
be used. sends
Theand
support SI13,
packet
quality
has to PSI1,
servie
is
monitor
Paging PagCoordi and
a correctly
SUSPEND
when
coding
PSI13
data GPRS-
level
have
page poor,
the CCCH
exceeds
message
attached
decreases paging
the
to toBSS Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
related nation messages.
crossed
the coding theFor
coordinatio channel.
predefined
over
MS
one
moreleaves
threshold, amode
n with
SDCCH
specialstronger
However,
parameterwhenwhen
Cn[n-
mode,
level if Nn[n- a
information,
timeslot
anti-
it
2] is
1],
Class
BSS
referthe assigned
B
adopts
data to
allocation
coding
GPRS one
blocks
the MS
interference
with
mode
is
of
are a
about
the
protocol tobeis
packet
will
adjusted
capability
data channel,
increased
initiate
following
transmitted,
04.60
from aby It
12.24.
single
Resource Resource (that
the
one
link
voiceCS is,
level.
dynamic low
paging
service.
strategies:
theinvalid
number of
ResourceA is
timeslot
level
message towhen
coding
will 200 ~
Allocation adjust Footnote
allocation.
BSS
1. 1,
initiates
Notify
consecutive
NMO is 1. MS2, of 2000 2500 2500 2500
djustThs multiple
mode)
still
and 3blocks
in out
the 5000,Byte(≥)
related threshold While using
suspending
carrying
data
timeslots (or
shall
be
thissent
interface
"route
losses be used.
on
in to
area the
are
function,
procedure
the
For
CCCH threshold
TBF
coding (uplink
paging
the
SGSN to
upgrade".
from coding notify
single mode
and
SGSN
2. downlink)
channel.
conversion
MS
CSnonlyto need
Notify stop
(2=<n=<4) SGSN
Support timeslot
in
Modethe3:
parameters to
channel
The
listen
of
for theUSF
sending PS
recovering
multiple TBF
Resource extended coding
network
among
paging
the GPRS
(downlink mode
sends
CS1~CS2,
allocationand CSn
with
and
ExUpDynS timeslots
(2=n=4),
to the iffor
Allocation uplink CS2~CS3,
the least
downlink
service.
uplink) is
packet and
packet Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
upport Xn[n-2]% ofBSS
"GPRS-attached"
CS3 CS4.
timeslot, the
related dynamic data
In after
case
Xn[n-2]%.
service of
allocation Nn[n-2]
MS
so the
you
receives
Routing
Footnote CSdata
canthe
Area
1, 2,
timeslot
blocks
paging message
determine
message.
Update,
and 3 in
allocation).MS toand
the
transmitted
on
send
BSC
SGSN uplink
repeats
interface are
are
the
blocklost
CCCH paging
on all
suspending
directly
coding
MAX times consecutively,
channel,
allocated
procedure
negotiate
conversionGMMand
after
Suspend& SuspendM the
sendscoding
uplink the mode
GPRS
of suspend sending
status.
parameters With 0 ~ 10 3 3 3 3
Resume ax will
paging
timeslot.
SUSPEND message
message
retry the
among“Resume”
CS1~CS2,
Class
be
to SGSN.
method
CS2~CS3, BonMS
decreased
either Ifthe
(usually
and by
BSC
notifies
one
fails
for level.
packet
CS3 the
CS4.to thein
paging
MS
network
Footnote
channel
receive
the packet to
1, 2,
(if
SUSPENDany
suspend
and
in 3
the
ACK/NACK in packet
the or
cell)
transmission
MAX times service
interface
on the CCCH
message
status), when
areMS
from
BSS
Suspend& ResumeM is ready
coding
paging
SGSN to
channel.
of resume will initiate 0 ~ 10 3 3 3 3
Resume ax perform
Mode
in
the 3 a voice
conversion
BSSGPT3
“RESUME” then
retry service.
parameters
indicates
process tothat
BSC repeats the
BSS
among
the
SGSN initiates
MS CS1~CS2,
suspending
for the
to suspend
CS2~CS3,
must
purpose and
monitor
procedure of SGSN
for a
procedure
CS3
two CS4.
paging
maximum
notifying ofafter
N
SGSN
receiving
channels
to start (if
times. the
Suspend& Suspend SUSPEND
packet
BSC stops
normal message
packet 1 ~ 100,
BssgpT3 30 30 30 30
Resume retry time from
paging MS and
channel
suspending and
downlink 100ms
repeats
is available
notify thefor
OMS
transmission in
procedure
the
action. IfinBSC
N cell)
if SGSN
order
times
fails ifdoes
to there
not
to return
is receive
no
receive theCS N
answer.
SUSPEND
or GPRSACK/NACK
depends
RESUME paging
on
ACK/NACK
message.
maximum
message
message.
SGSNThe
suspending
from in
interval
retries. then
BSSGPT4,
between the
module MP
imported,
uses the timer
which
value.enables
BSS
transferring
initiates
the negotiable
resuming
QoS
procedure to
configuration
SGSN when GPRS-
to BSS through
attached MS is
Gb
notinterface.
in
Suspend& Resume BSS can mode
dedicated 1 ~ 100,
BssgpT4 maintain QoS 30 30 30 30
Resume retry time and BSS uses 100ms
subscribing
Notify SGSN
information
Max retry times
to resume GPRS
through
to create
service PFC.
policy.
This
If parameter
function
BSS"Creat
repeatsPFC
BSS
is
thetimer
(packet
PFC" T3169.
is flow
procedure
PFC Support PFCSuppo During
context)
not theflow,
received
if SGSN does
packet
which
before include
not returntimer Yes/No No No No No
related PFC rt downlink
acquiring
RESUME isQoS,
BSSGPT6
transmission,
modifying
timeout,
Max retryBSS
ACK/NACK QoS,
times
if
and the
sends
to BSN
deleting of
"Download
modify
message. PFC.
The
the
QoS
BSS
If RLC
PFC"
interval BSS
"Modify data
signaling
Maximum block
flow.
message
PFC
between tothe
be
DownLoad transmitted
Network
according
Ack" is not
messages istoisthe
PFC times of the maximum
notifies MS if
BssPFCMa max
received
resuming before
retry 0 ~ 10 3 3 3 3
related retrying to (that
the
times is,
network
of
x timer
time. BSSGPT8
create PFC the finalto
supports
retrying
is timeout, PFC
downlink
flow
create
BSS sends data
through
PFC. If
PFC
"Creatcreating
block),
the system
"Modify the
BSS
BSSPFC"
Maximum retry
network
message
is
PFC"not time.
willThe
received
message
times of conditions
send RLC of
aafter
parameter
still
according data
PFC ModifyBss timer
block start,
retrying to to maxwhose
PFC_FEATURE_MOD
trying times of 0 ~ 10 3 3 3 3
related PFCMax stop,
Final and
E. If Block
yes,tothe
DownLoadBSSPRCM
retrying
modify timeout actions
PFC Identifier
MS willPFC.
ax+
modify add If PFI
are
(FBI)
when
1, as
"Modify follows:
thedomain
process is
Retry
1.Timer time to
start:
1
BSSand
modifyPFCwhich
establishing
is completed
Ack"The
PFC. is
it
and
not starts
includes
uplink TBFwhile
inform
received O&M.
conditions
BSC initiates of
PFC effective
(PACKET
still
timer after RRBP
PFC Download
domain
RESOURCE
trying to PFC 1 ~ 100,
creating BssgpT6 start, stop, 30 30 30 30
related process;
initialize
REQUEST).
ModifyBssPFCMaxBSS 100ms
retry time and timeout
2.Timer stop:
release
can the
+1, decide
actions of
are the
QoS
processas
it
as stops
downlink
is completedwhile
TBF.
MS requires
follows:
receiving SGSN
Then
This the
according
and inform
1.Timer to
start:
parameter
Create
This
network
PFI.
O&M. PFC
parameter
starts
it
is
usedstarts
timer
atFor
message; while
T3193
RLC/MAC
Retry time indicates
T3191.
BSC initiatesifeach
PFC which
layer
3.Timeout
signalingis
of used
BRP. 1 ~ 100,
to modify BssgpT8 RLC
Modify
for dataBSSblock
protection PFC 30 30 30 30
related During
action:
uplink
that the
TBF can
receives 100ms
PFC process;
on TBF
packet
retransferrelease
uplink for
use
FBI extended
with
2.Timer value
stop:
during
N times
uplink downlink
transmission,
TBF
1
it and
stops
packet contains
while
if the
(configurable).
functions.
effective This
RRBP
receiving
transmission.
network SGSN
detects
parameter
domain:
Modify
TBF Support 1.Timer
that
has
1.In atBSS
the start
the PFC
end
Ack
of message;
condition:
uplink The
TBF
establishm signal SIGNAL_E functions
acknowledged when
3. Timeout
final
(CV “PACKET Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
ent and extended UTBF the
mode, cell
action: the MS
DOWNLINK
= 0, and
supports V(Q)
forfor=
release uplink TBF sends
ACK/NACK”PACKET
retransfer or
V(R)),
extended
DOWNLINK all RLC
N times
“PACKET
This
data parameter
blocks
uplink
ACK/NACK TBF.
(configurable).
TBF CONTROL
is
havecounter
Signaling TBF
message
ACKNOWLEDGE”whose
TBF release N3101,
been
at this
FBI which
received,
domainplaceisis 1
establishm time of message
used
the
refers isTBF
atuplink
RLC/MAC
network
to 0 ~ 65535,
T3193 on the
received. 51 152 152 152
ent and downlink layer
shall of
send
established
block BRP.ato
specified 10ms
2.Timer
During
“PACKET
transmit stop
theGMM
release transmissio by the
condition:RRBP The
packet
UPLINK
signaling.
domain. uplink
If the
n network
transmission,
ACK/NACK”
network
establishes
BSS willand
message
receives theset
TBF a new
specify
the downlink
Final USF
TBF “PACKET
TBF.
establishm (corresponding
Acknowledgement
DOWNLINK 0 ~ 65535,
release T3191 3.Timeout
to one uplink
Identifier 500 500 500 500
ent and ACK/NACK”
action: 10ms
timer TBF)
(FAI)
message asRelease
1. The
release for
headerTFI before
the each uplink
T3191
resource.expires
block.
of
and the
has For
RLC/MAC
to are-
MAX This
USF,
controlparameter
if the
block
allowed transmit
is it,
biggerathan
TBF network
contains
T3191
number of timer is
receives
valid T3192 to
RRBP
establishm stopped
make sure andthe the
continuous N3101 correct
domain.
required data
And
RLC the 9 ~ 255 10 50 50 50
ent and TFI
from of
a MS is
losses of counter
data blockN3103 is
release unique
specified
is at the
cleared.
uplink data re-transmitted.
same
uplink
MS time.
blocks If re- PACKET
sends
block,
CONTROL N3101 is
transmission
Times of clears for that
ACKNOWLEDGE
TBF not required,
packet TBF.
messageIf
T3191 isin thethe
establishm number
uplink N3103 block
stopped specified
and 0 ~ 255 10 10 10 10
ent and of
in losses
RRBP in
release
ACK/NAC T3193 isand
K retries specified
release
started. When
uplink
TBF
T3193 block
ifexpires,
MS
exceeds
receives
the network N3101,
PACKET
then
UPLINK T3169
releases ACK/NACK
TBF.
timer
The starts.
message with
Network
FAI1
networkfrom uses
also
the TFI side.
network
releases TBF
and USF
Network
when T3191 re-
resources
transmits
stops. when
T3169
PACKET
2.In stops.
UPLINK
ACK/NACK
unacknowledged
if N3101 or
N3105, which is
N3103 counter
used
stops,atBSSRLC/MAC
layer
startsof theBRP.
During the
T3169 timer.
packet
Networkuplink
transmission,
utilizes
BSS
TFI will
and USF
This parameter
specify USF
TBF TFI and resources
the on
protection
establishm USF (corresponding
release when 0 ~ 65535,
T3169 time
to of TBF
onestops.
uplink 500 500 500 500
ent and release T3169
when 10ms
TBF)
BSSGP
1.Timer layer
Start:
release timer the
for radio
each link
uplink
MAX parameters.
T3169
fails timer
or when
block.
when
startsMSForis
when athe
allowed the
USF, cell
if thechange
establishing
counter
leads to N3101 =
number of network
uplink/downlink
TBF N3101_MAX
MS failureorto
continuous receives
TBF, BSS During
establishm the counter
respond.
losses of N3105 correct
requires
N3103 = data 0 ~ 255 10 15 15 15
ent and the
from packet
a
uplink information
N3103_MAX.
downlink
release specified
RLC/MAC about
2.Timer the radio
stop
transmission,
control uplink
access
condition:
if the
block, counter
N3101of
message This
None.parameter
capability
N3105 expires,
TBF clears
BSSforifthat
indicates
MS.
TBF 3.Timeout
BSS
protect TBF.
BSC If the
establishm
time when T3195 willsupports
obtains
action:
numberstartsuch
Release 0 ~ 65535,
500 500 500 500
ent and TBF
information
USF and
T3195. TFI
When 10ms
radio link of losses
establishment
from SGSN
resources. in
release T3195 expires,
specified
failure process.
through
the TBF
Radio
network
uplink
flow
Access block
can use N3101,
exceeds the TFI
establishment
Capabilities
resource again.
TBF then
refers
Update
It T3169
to
monitors
Support 1.Timer
timer start:
starts.
establishm while
BSSGP
T3195 releasing
procedure.
timer
TBF TBF_EST Network
uplink uses
TBF, Yes/No No No No No
ent and BSC
starts
the TFI when to
repeats
RA_CAPABILITY the
establish determin
this if new
procedure
procedure.
counter N3105 =
release and USF
uplink
after
Service sending
process
N3105_MAX
resources when
TBF
the shall
RADIO
in BSC stop
2.Timer be
MAX times T3169
ACCESS stops.
established
peripheral
condition:
TBF of radio immediately
CAPABILITIES
module
None. MP uses for
CTRL_ACK
UPDATE
the message
timer
3.Timeout
establishm access UpdateMa field in Packet
to SGSN.
value.
action: BSCIf
Release 0 ~ 10 3 3 3 3
ent and capabilities x Control
BSC
release update the TFI to
fails
repeats Radio
Acknowledgement
receive
Access
resource. the
retry message.
RADIO ACCESS
Capability
Full dynamic
CAPABILITIES
Update
Abis resource
TBF Access UPDATE
procedure
pool ACK/NACK
providesafter
message
BSS
use from
initiates
proportion
establishm capability 10 ~
BssgpT5 SGSN
of PSin BSSGPT5
RA_CAPABILITY
channel. 30 30 30 30
ent and update then the Radio
procedure to 300,100ms
if default
release retry time Access
SGSN
value and
forif this
Capabilities
SGSN does not
parameter
Update
return
is configured
procedure
the
as 80%, which
Resource Resource repeatsto for
RA_CAPABILITY
refers a
upper
Allocation pool for PS PsAbisThs maximum
UPDATE
limit forof N
ACK/NACK 0 ~ 100, %(>) 80 80 80 80
related rate times.
PS. TheAfter
message. aim is N
times
The
to interval
idle Abis
if therethe
between
resource is no
while
answer,
messages
CS channel then
isis the
BSC
retrystops
activated.
This Radio
parameterIf
Resource Maximum Access
time
this for radio
threshold
describes
MaxPsUse Capabilities
access
Allocation PS uplink is exceeded,
maximum PS 2~8 4 7 7 7
rPerTs_0 Update
capability
Abis
uplinkresource
user per
related user per ts
procedure
cannot be and
update.
ts.
notify OMS.
allocated toNPS
depends again.
service on the
maximum update
This parameter
Maximum retry times.
Resource describes
PS MaxPsUse
Allocation maximum
The PS
counting 2 ~ 16 6 16 16 16
downlink rPerTs_1 downlink user
related parameter, used
user per ts perRancRrm,
by ts. is
used
to timely poll
UPU unit below
Resource Get Static CMP.
GetStaticP 60 ~
Allocation param This timer is 120 120 120 120
aramTimer configured 600,100ms
related timer
periodically,
and query
Uplink
resource
Weight of throughput
uplink occupation data
Resource weight
for UPUvalue
if at
throughout Gb interface,
timeout.
Allocation RS 0 ~ 100,% 20 20 20 20
on the
related dynamic Abis
interface
Gb adjustment
parameter.
Weight of Downlink
downlink throughput
Resource weight value at
throughout
Allocation RR Gb interface, 0 ~ 100,% 20 20 20 20
on the dynamic
related
interface Abis adjustment
Gb parameter.
Weight value of
Weight of EGPRS MS
Resource EGPRS accessing
Allocation access RA request times, 0 ~ 100,% 10 10 10 10
related request the dynamic
amount Abis adjustment
parameter.
Weight value of
Weight of high-bandwidth
Resource high request times,
Allocation bandwidth RM the 0 ~ 100,% 25 25 25 25
related request dynamic Abis
amount adjustment
parameter.
Weight value of
Weight of the highest
Resource bandwidth
high
Allocation RB usage, the 0 ~ 100,% 10 10 10 10
bandwidth dynamic Abis
related
usage adjustment
parameter.
This parameter
defines weights
Resource Weight of of GPRS carrier
Allocation GPRS trx RG proportion, 0 ~ 100,% 5 5 5 5
related ratio RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+
RG+RE must be
Information
equal to 100. of
releasing this
This parameter
PS channel
defines when
weights
Resource Weight of this
of EDGE carrier
Allocation EDGE trx RE threshold
proportion, is 0 ~ 100,% 10 10 10 10
achieved. The
RS+RR+RA+RM+RB+
related ratio conditions
RG+RE must ofbe
timer
equal start,
to 100.
stop, and
PS timeout actions
Resource channel are as follows:
PSRelDela 1.Timer start: 200 ~ 600,
Allocation delay 300 200 200 200
y it starts while
While 100ms
related release all service
transferring
timer are released on
upper
PDTCH;
signaling, such
2.Timeout
as PDP
Highest action: release
activation,
Resource
coding SigTBFMa PDTCH channel,
routing area
Allocation during which MCS1 ~ MCS9 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6
scheme of xCode update, this if
related this channel
parameter canis
signal TBF
occupied the
restrict again,
the timer
highest shall
coding
LLC
RIM framework
RIAE
be cleared.
mode timer
of this
conversion
duration.
kind
It of
indicates if
PS Cell refers
This to the
timer
LLC frame LLCTRAN signaling
BSC data.
supports
reselection process:
starts on
when Yes/No No No No No
rerouting SUPPORT LLC frame
related NACC, if target
controlling
rerouting. BSS
cell is the
initiates
cellInformation
RAN in BSC,
downlink
ApplicationLLC
frame process
Error data that
PS Cell has not been
and
NACC NACCSup
reselection sent to this MS
response Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
supported port from
related indication bit
BSCconfigured
is is
transferred
as "Ack to
target cell,
response is
and then itThis
required". is
PS Cell sent stops
timer
Support RIMSuppor to this MS
reselection while Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
RIM t after MS uplink
receiving Ack
related
TBF link is
response from
established.
serving BSS. If
this
timer is
timeout, the
process is
failed, or this
process is
initiated again
by controlling
BSS.
RIM RIR timer
duration.This
timer starts
while
RIM retry
controlling
times. Send BSS
RIM
sends timerit
RIrequest
PS Cell again based on
duration.This
RIM retry RIMRetryTi message to
reselection this
timer starts 0~3 0 0 0 0
times mes serving
number ifBSS;
related when
this serving
timer
timeout,
BSS sendsup to
stops
3 times.PDU to
message
while receiving
controlling
RIM
PDU RIAE
messge BSS
timer
sent
and responseBSS.
duration.
by serving
PS Cell indication
This timer bit
If this timer 50 ~
reselection RIR timer TRIR is
starts when 50 50 50 50
is timeout, 300,100ms
related configured
controlling as
message request BSS
"Ack response
initiates
process is
is
RANrequired".
Information
failed, or
This timer
Application
message request
stops
Error while
process
process is
PS Cell receiving
initiated Ack
and again 50 ~
reselection RI timer TRI from
response
by controlling 50 50 50 50
controlling 300,100ms
related indication
BSS. bit
BSS.
is If this
configured
This parameter
timer
as
is "Ackis after
valid
timeout,
response
"support is the
RIM"
process
required".
If the PTP
function isisThis
BVC
PS Cell failed,
timer
must or
stops
be blocked
enabled.
message 50 ~
reselection RIAE timer TRIAE while
due to OAM
To keep the 50 50 50 50
indication
receiving Ackor 300,100ms
related intervention
initial status
process
response
It is
describes
equipment
consistent fromif
initiated
serving
BSC system
faults
between again
BSS.
(disable
the If
two
by serving
this
supports
the PTP
BVC sides, theBSS.
blocking/unbloc
If BVC Gb口采用 Gb口采用 Gb口采用
Satellite This
timer parameter
isBVC”
"satellite
king
must the
be
“Reset 卫星传 卫星传 卫星传
transmissio is validmust
timeout,
transmission
signaling
unblocked
process after
the
BVC),
due at
be
IsStatellite "support
process isRIM" 输:Yes; 输:Yes; 输:Yes;
Others n at Gb Gb the
BSS
to interface".
will
OAM
initiated first
in Yes/No No
GB function
failed,
This is
or this
function Gb口不采 Gb口不采 Gb口不采
interface set
the
It the BVC
intervention
following
indicates or
enabled.
process
is mainly is tothe 用卫星传输 用卫星传输 用卫星传输
indication status
recovery
cases:
R99 as
1) of
protocol
initiated
implement
“Blocked” again
theand :No. :No. :No.
equipment
system
version fault
faults
ID. BSS
by controlling
modification
discard
(disable
that the
affect of
the
considers
BSS.
delay. this
uplink service
blocking/unbloc
BVC function
parameter as in
a
This
king
BSS orparameter
data.To
the notify
SGSN Version of R98
basis
is to
valid after Version of Version of Version of Version of
Others R99 Ind R99Ind SGSN to
asstop
signaling
(such BVC), or it’s before,
determine
"support if to
RIM" R99 R99 R99 R99
sending
BSS willupon
restart first
encode/decode Version of R99
function
downlink
set the
power-on); is
data,
BVC 2)
message
enabled. field
BSS
lower
addedinitiates
status as R99
layer
after
BVC blocking
“Unblocked”.
network
version service
for the
BSS/SGS procedure.
To notify
entity BSC
SGSN
failure
protocol.
MAX times repeats
(such asBVC
to
It start
monitors frame
N BVCBlkMa
of BVC blocking
sending the
BSSGP fault);
relay 3 ~ 10 3 3 3 3
interaction x procedure after
block retry downlink data,
blocking/unbloc
3) lower layer
related sending
BSS
king will BVC
process.
network service
BLOCK
entitymessage
initiate
Global the
process
to
BVCSGSN.
in BSC If BSC
unblocking
central
capability
BSS/SGS MAX times fails to
procedure.
module
update BSC
MP uses
receive
repeats
the
(for timerBVC BVC
the
example,
N of BVC BVCUblkM
BLOCK
unblocking
value. BSS
frame relay 3 ~ 10 3 3 3 3
interaction unblock ax ACKNOWLEDGE
procedure BVCafter
initiates
capability
related retry message from
sending fromBVC
the
blocking/unbloc
changed
SGSN procedure
king
0kbps in
UNBLOCKtomessage
BSSGPT1,
to
forSGSN. then
If
a point-to-
greater than BSC
BSS/SGS BVC BVC
fails
pointblocking
0kbps);to4)in
BVC
It monitors
repeats
receive
case
changeofoffor
the
OAMthea
BVC
N block/unblo BSSGP
maximumreset
of N or 10 ~ 300,
BssgpT1 UNBLOCK
intervention
corresponding 30 30 30 30
interaction ck retry procedure.
times.BSC
ACKNOWLEDGE
device BSS
stops
faults. 100ms
relationship
related time initiates
BVC blocking
message
BSC repeats
between BVC"BVC
and
reset"
this
the process
and cell.
from notifies
SGSN in
procedure,
For
when BVC
OMSSGSN
forthat
BSSGPT1
if
faults N times
then
does
(including
if
BVC
notthere isPTP
unblocking
return
affect NSE, no
BVC
BSC
BSS/SGS BVC and N
answer.
MAX times repeats for a
BLOCK/UNBLOCK
initiates
N BVCRestM signaling
depends of
maximum
ACK/NACK BVC)
onBVC
N
of BVC Signaling 0 ~ 255 3 3 3 3
interaction ax is required
maximum
times.
messages.
RESET to
retries
BSC The
reset retry be reset
related of BVC
stops BLOCK.
BVC
interval For
procedure.
(disconnection
unblocking
between
faults theand
that
to connection
notifies
messages
affect OMSthe
is
a single
at
BVCGb
for NBSC
BVC, times if
BSS/SGS interface,
there is no and
blocking/unbloc
initiates the
N BVC reset cell is
answer.
king
PTP changed
N
retry
BVC RESET 10 ~ 1200,
BssgpT2 30 30 30 30
interaction retry time from GPRS
depends
time.
procedure.on BSC 100ms
related support
maximum to
initiates retries
all
GPRS/EDGE
of
PTPBVC
BVCUNBLOCK.
RESET
support)
proceduredue forto
certain reason.
corresponding
BSC
NSE repeats
after a the
procedure
signaling if BVC
SGSN
resetdoes not
return BVC
procedure. BSC
RESET
repeatsACK/NACK
the BVC
message. The
RESET procedure
interval
after
between the
BLOCK message
to SGSN. If NS
BLOCK
ACKNOWLEDGE
BSC repeats
message
UNBLOCK from
SGSN failsafter
procedure to
reach BSC
sending NS
BSS/SGS within message
UNBLOCK
MAX times specified
to SGSN. If NS_T1
BSC
N
of NS NSBlkMax fails
time then
to BSC 0 ~ 10 3 3 3 3
interaction repeats the NS
block retry receive
related BLOCK message
forisa the
maximum
ACKNOWLEDGE
It timer
of N monitors
message
that times.
fromBSC
BSS/SGS MAX times stopswithin
SGSN
the BLOCK
procedure and
N of NS NSUnblkM NS_T1
notify
timer,
block/unblock
OMS Thefor
then BSC
procedure. 0 ~ 10 3 3 3 3
interaction unblock ax N times the
repeats if of NS
conditions
related retry there start,
UNBLOCK
timer ismessage
no
answer.
for
stop,
It is andN
a maximum
timer
Timer that depends
of
timeout
that on BSC
N monitors
times.
actions
BSS/SGS monitors maximum
stops
are
reset
Alive retries
UNBLOCK
asmessage
follows:
of NS BLOCK.
procedure
1.Timer
procedure.
to SGSN. and
start:
If The
BSC
N the notify OMSifofNS
NS_T1 it starts
conditions
fails to 1 ~ 120,s 10 10 10 10
interaction block/unblo for N start,
times
timer
receive NS if
block/unblock
related ck there and
is no
procedure
stop,
Alive is
procedure answer.
timeout N
initiated;
ACKNOWLEDGE 2.
actions
depends
Timer
are
message on
asstop:
fromit
follows:
BSS/SGS Timer that maximum
stops
1.Timer
SGSN retries
while
start:
within
of starts
it NS timer
NS_T4 UNBLOCK.
receiving SGSN
if NS
N monitors response;
NS_T2 resetBSC
then is 3. 1 ~ 120,s 10 10 10 10
interaction reset Timeout NS
initiated; action:
repeats
related procedure retransfer
2.Timer
Alive stop:
message for
N
it
fortimes
stops
Timer while
a maximum
that
(configurable)
receiving
of N times.
monitors SGSN
NS
alive
BSS/SGS response;
Alive
process process
of
MAX times 3.Overtime
is
N NSAliveMa NSVC.
actions:
The
of NS alive specifiedRepeat
conditions byof 0 ~ 20 10 10 10 10
interaction x NS reset
the procotol,
retry timer start,
related process,
used
stop, to
and and
test
the timer
connection
timeout
NC-Cycle
restarts
condition
actions of
areofNS-
as
Timer that VC
NSVCtest
terminal
follows:
BSS/SGS process. The
monitors side. attempt
1.Timer
Maximum start:
N conditions
alive NS_T4 BSC
it stops
starts
period of BSCNS
if 3,s 3 3 3 3
interaction of
Thistimer
Alive start,
parameter
procedure
is
process of reset.
restart, andOMS
related is
andthe
Start BVC
notify
initiated;
timer
NSVC timeout actions
leakage
for N while
2.Timer
NS_T5 ratio
times
stop: if
are
there
it asis
stopsfollows:
measurement no
while
starting
1.Timer NS
start:
period
answer.
receiving
reset inN the
process,
BSS/SGS NC-Cycle it
‘BVCstarts
Flowafter
depends
SGSN
no response;
reset
N of NS-VC NS
on Reset
Control’
maximum
NS_T3 3.Timeout
response is 1 ~ 60,s 30 30 30 30
interaction test process
process,
retries
action: is
ofthat
NS
received
This before
parameter
finished;
related process is, BVC
Alive.
retransfer
NS_T2 longfor
timer is
is the
2.Timer MS
measurement
N times ratio
timeout,
leakage repeat
restart:
period. it
(configurable)
NS reset after
measurement
restarts
To provide
process until
BSS/SGS Maximum period
receiving
referencein the
to
N attempt timer
‘MS
NS AliveNS_T5
Flow Ack;
NS_T5 the
is BVC flow
timeout. If 180,s 180 180 180 180
interaction period of Control’
3.Timeout
control
still nosend
process,
action: reset
that NS
related reset at SGSN side,
response is
is,
Alive
the message
BSSGP
received,
MS
on long
timeout.
process
NS resetat BSS
measurement
side
BSS/SGS process shall
period.
NSVC peer periodically
be terminated
N For reference
measures the
to peer Delay and
of暂无 report
flow control 1 ~ 20, ms 10 10 10 10
interaction current
NS alarm BVC
to
delay at the SGSN
leakage
related O&M. If reset
side,
ratio.
response BSC
the BSSGPis
initiates the
received
process at the
‘BVC to
prior flow
BSS side
control’
Flow BVC flow timeout, the
periodically
procedure
timer is the 0 ~ 65535,
control control CellFcPer measures 3000 800 800 800
unconditionally
cleared. 10ms
related period current
when theleakage
long
ratio of each
measurement
MS.
timer
The long SGSN
overflows.
measurement
confirms to BSC
Flow MS flow timer
if theoverflow 0 ~ 65535,
control control MsFcPer triggers
difference of 3000 1400 1400 1400
the ‘MSratios
Flow 10ms
related period leakage
Control’
between the two
process
times exceeds
unconditionally
CellFcThs. BSC
.
also initiates
SGSN
‘BVCmust
acknowledge
flow control’ BSC
if the
procedure with
difference
SGSN
between the two
confirmation
leakage ratios
if the short
exceeds
measurement
limit
channel ofismemory
too
resource
busy (too many
(overflow of
LLC
LLC frame
frame caches)
caches).
and to avoid
BSSGP process
abandoning new
BSC hasside
at BSS
downlink LLC
different
counts
data flow
current
because of
control
limit ofmodes
leaking memory
Flow BVC flow report
control control
BVCFlowC rate offlow
resource BVC Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes
trl control
periodically
(overflow of
related supported parameters
frame to
(including
LLC
SGSN.
short
caches).The modes
are asprocess
statistics
BSSGP
follows:1:
andBSS
at longsideMode
1: Report
statistics).
counts flow
current
Flow MS flow control
MSFlowCtr This parameter
leaking
control control parameters
originates Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes
l rate of MS
related supported according to
unconditionally
periodically
actual
if long traffic
(including
BSC
on reports
radio
statistics
short
flow control
interface
timer overflows
statistics SGSN为 SGSN为 SGSN为
parameters
counted
SGSNat
and long
according HW、MOT HW、MOT HW、MOT
Flow Flow BSC;2: Mode 2:
acknowledgement
FlowCtrlMo statistics).
toactual O:2; O:2; O:2;
control control Report
is flow if
necessary
This parameter 1~3 1
de traffic
control at SGSN为其 SGSN为其 SGSN为其
related mode discrepant
originates
radio interface
parameters 他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或
rangeadopting
when of
unconditionally 2. 2. 2.
according
max
if traffic
adjacent
long to
mode
max 1. Actual
traffic
that the
leaking
statistics
counted cell
rates
value
Parameter that
can the
provide
is smaller
over
timer cell
overflows 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式
Flow is
can provide;3: due
of Flow FlowCtlMo when
and
to adopting
CellFcThs.
SGSN
radio 1:2; 1:2; 1:2;
control Mode
mode
‘BVC 3:
2. Maximum
flow
acknowledgement 1 ~ 100 1
control de1Para interface
Reserved re-
"Flow 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式
related value
control depends
is necessary
transmission if 2:1. 2:1. 2:1.
mode 1 control
on mode
configured 1
supported’
discrepant
and TBF
parameter"
channels.
originates
range is
of So BSC
failure.
enabled
Counting
and SGSN the
adjacent
multiplies
Parameter if selecting
formula:
confirmation
leaking ratesis
Flow actual
"mode traffic
1";
of Flow FlowCtlMo channels
This
is
with is
necessary
over
a *"Flow
theifmax
multiple 10 ~ 1000,
control control
short mode
traffic
minimum
MsFcThs. value
“MS 2 214 800 800 800
control de2Para determined
parameter" by
is 100bps
related that
of every
leaking
statistics
flow
this control
parameter rate
mode 2 enabled
channel
R if
can
in reported
timer overflows
supported”
when reporting
selecting
provide.
BVC flow
and discrepant
originates "mode
This
flow
2". control
parameter
control
range
and of is
SGSN
parameters.
max traffic is
parameters
adjacent
confirmation
Flow BVC flow that
under
This every
is
leaking all
necessary thekinds
rates
if
BVCFlowC 10 ~ 300,
control control R channel
of
is flow can
over control
minimum
short value 80 80 80 80
trlRMin provide,
mode, thatwithis, 100bps
related MIN value of leaking
CellFcThs.
statistics rate
the
R inreported
timer reported
overflows
unit of control
parameter
MS
andflow 100
discrepant
bps.
R must be equal
parameters
range
or
of over
under allthe
adjacent set
kinds
Flow MS flow value,
leakingin
of the
rates
MSFlowCtr 10 ~ 300,
control control R unit
flow of 100
control
is over MsFcThs 80 80 80 80
lRMin bps.
mode, that is, 100bps
related MIN value
the reported
parameter
Protection R must be equal
time for or over the set
value, in the
FUC
Not valid ccmT1 unit
暂无of 2 ~ 10, s 10 10 10 10
channel 100 bps.
type
change

Protection
time for T-
Not valid ccmT2 暂无 2 ~ 10, s 10 10 10 10
network
connection

Protection
time for
Not valid ccmT3 暂无 2 ~ 10, s 10 10 10 10
LSP
movement

Not retry
Downlink DLTBFRetr
Not valid 暂无 one times Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry
TBF retry y
two times
BVC flow
Not valid control CellFcThs 暂无 1 ~ 100, % 80 80 80 80
threshold

MS flow
Not valid control MsFcThs 暂无 1 ~ 100, % 80 80 80 80
threshold

Extended
RLC send IsWindowE if extended RLC
Not valid send window is Yes/No No No No No
window xpend allowed.
allowed

Not valid C 暂无 0 ~ 10 5 5 5 5

Optimized
PoC PoC POCSUPP
Yes/No No No No No
Related service ORT
support It indicates
the upper limit
Maximal of PoC service
users of subscribers in
PoC POC PSCAPAT shared downlink
channel. 2~6 3 3 3 3
Related service on HS_UL
If dedicated
shared PS PoC channel is
channel 0 configured, it
Maximal indicates
users of the upper limit
PoC POC PSCAPAT of PoC
subscribers on 2~6 3 3 3 3
Related service on HS_DL the downlink
shared PS of each
channel 1 dedicated PoC
Highest channel. If it
It describes
coding exceeds
the this
highest
number,mode
coding PoC
PoC scheme of PocAttSelt CS1、CS2、C
subscriber
that can be CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3
Related POC _0 access is not
used while GPRS S3、CS4
service in allowed
MS on
does POC
GPRS the downlink of
service.
Highest this
It dedicated
describes
coding PoC
the channel.
highest
PoC scheme of PocAttSelt coding mode
that
This can be
parameter MCS1 ~ MCS9 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6
Related POC _1 used EGPRS
is used to MS
service in does POCPS
collect
EGPRS service.on the
service
idle carrier
It indicates
Maximal while applying
the percent of
PoC resource POCSrcTh for PS, against
current PS
infinite 0~100,% 50 50 50 50
Related for POC s resource
expansion.
occupied by POC
service Application
service.
sequence: the
idle carrier
above this
TRX PS threshold —>
TrxPSBusy
Others busy idle carrier — 1 ~ 6400 (<) 900 900 900 900
Ths > idle carrier
threshold
below this
threshold.
Calculate it
according to
remained
available quota
on each
available PS
timeslot *
number of
accessed Abis *
This parameter
describes the
max retries of
SNS addition
operation, when
SNS Ack is not
This parameter
received for
describes the
SGSN on SNS-T1
max
timeout, BSSof
retries
SNS add SNSAddM SNS
retries
IP related configuration 3~10 3 3 3 3
retries ax addition
operation,
operation when
SNS Config Ack
repeatedly. The
is not
process ends
received
and inform forO&M
This
SGSN parameter
SGSN when on
SNSSNS-T1
describes Ack
theis
SNSConfig timeout,
still notBSSof
IP related configure max retries
retries 3~10 3 3 3 3
Max received after
SNS
retries configuration
the maxweight,
change
operation
retries.
when SNS AckThe is
repeatedly.
not received
process
for
ends parameter
and inform
This
SGSN on SNS-T1
SNS O&M when
describes SNS
the
SNSChgW timeout,
Config AckBSSis
IP related modify max retries of 3~10 3 3 3 3
eightMax retries
still change
retries SNS delete
weight
not receivedwhen
operation,
repeatedly.
after the maxThe
SNS Ack
process is
endsnot
retries
received for
and inform
This parameter
SGSN on SNS-T1
O&M when SNS
describes
timeout, the
BSS
SNS delete SNSDelMa Ack
max is still
retries of
IP related retries delete
not received 3~10 3 3 3 3
retries x SNS
operation
afteroperation,
SIZE the
repeatedly.
max retries. The
when
This SNSends
Size
parameter
process
Ack
and is
describesnotSNS
inform O&M
received
process
when SNS Ack is
for SGSN
monitoring
still not on
SNS size SNSSizeM SNS-T1
timer.
received timeout,
Theafter
IP related 3~10 3 3 3 3
retries ax BSS retries
conditions
the max of
SIZE
timer operation
retries.start,
repeatedly.
stop, and The
process
timeout ends
actions
and as
are inform O&M
follows:
SNS when
Timer
CS SNS Sizeit
start:
service
process Ack is after
starts stillto
corresponds 10 ~
IP related SNS_T1 not 30 30 30 30
monitoring SNS received
used process
TOS under 100,100ms
timer after
IP Abis.the max
begins;Timer
retries.
stop:
This it stops
parameter
while belongs
field receiving
SGSservice IP
to
response
telegraph
PS service from
SGSN;Timeout
service typeto
corresponds
IP related Abis CS IPTOS_0 action: 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
(IPTOS).
used TOS TOSunder
retransfer
Abis. for
means
IP
N times
TypeOfService,
This parameter
(N is belongs
which
field is used
configurable)
to indicate
service IP
service
telegraph
CS service
type or type
service quality
corresponds to
IP related Abis PS IPTOS_1 required by 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
(IPTOS).
used TOS TOSunder
datagram.
means
IP A.
TypeOfService,
This parameter
which belongs
field is used
to indicate
service IP
CS service
service
telegraph
corresponds
type or type
service to
quality
IP related A CS IPTOS_2 used TOS TOS
required by 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
(IPTOS).
under
means IP Over
datagram.
E1.
TypeOfService,
This
whichparameter
is used
field belongs
to indicate
to
PS service
service IP
telegraph
corresponds
type or quality to
IP related IPOE CS IPTOS_3 service
used TOStype
required by 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
(IPTOS).
under IP TOS
datagram. Over
means
E1.
TypeOfService,
This parameter
which belongs
field is used
to indicate
service IP
service
telegraph
IP related IPOE PS IPTOS_4 type or type
service quality 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
required TOS
(IPTOS). by
datagram.
means
TypeOfService,
which is used
to indicate
service
type or quality
required by
datagram.
SCTP packets
corresponds to
used TOS
under IP Over
E1.
This parameter
field belongs
to service
TOS IP
used while
IPOE telegraph
Qos service
IP related IPTOS_5 type
service
is type 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
SCTP (IPTOS). TOS
conversation
means IP GB.
under
TypeOfService,
This parameter
which belongs
field is used
TOS used
indicate
to service while
IP
IPGb Qos service
service
telegraph
IP related Conversati IPTOS_6 type
type is
or type
service quality 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
streaming
required TOS
(IPTOS). by
on TOS media service
datagram.
means
under IP GB.
TypeOfService,
This parameter
which is used
field belongs
to indicate
TOS
to used while
service IP
IPGb service
Qos service
IP related Streaming IPTOS_7 telegraph
type or quality 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
is
service
TOS requiredtype
interactiveby
(IPTOS).
datagram. TOS
under
means IP GB.
This parameter
TypeOfService,
field
which belongs
is while
used
TOS
to used
IPGb to service
Qosindicate
service
IP
telegraph
service
IP related Interactive IPTOS_8 type is
service
type or type
quality 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
background
(IPTOS). TOS
TOS requiredunder
service by
means
datagram.
IP GB.
TypeOfService,
This
whichparameter
is used
field belongs
to indicate
TOS
to used while
service IP
IPGb service
Qos service
IP related Backgroun IPTOS_9 telegraph
type or
is quality 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
service
requiredtype
by
d TOS general
(IPTOS). under
TOS
datagram.
IP GB.
means
This parameter
TypeOfService,
field
which belongs
is used
to
to service
indicateIP
telegraph
service
IP related IPGb TOS IPTOS_10 DSCP Field
service
type or
of
type
quality 0 ~ 64 0 0 0 0
SCTP Packet
(IPTOS). TOS
required
This by
parameter
means
datagram.
field belongs
TypeOfService,
to service
which IP
is used
telegraph
to indicate
DSCP service
service type
Field of (IPTOS). TOS
IP related Info3 type or quality 0 ~ 63 0 0 0 0
SCTP means
required by
Packet TypeOfService,
datagram.
which is used
to indicate
service
type or quality
required by
datagram.
suggestion value difference scene
rban ares/urban ares suburb high speed railway vast coverage indoor coverage
Co-BCCH 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M

85,85,85 85,85,85 85,85,85 90,90,90 90,90,90 85,85,85 85,85,85 85,85,85 85,85,85

20,20,20 20,20,20 20,20,20 20,20,20 20,20,20 20,20,20 20,20,20 20,20,20 20,20,20

25,25,25 25,25,25 25,25,25 15,15,15 15,15,15 25,25,25 25,25,25 25,25,25 25,25,25

Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network


operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation operation
mode 2 mode 2 mode 2 mode 2 mode 2 mode 2 mode 2 mode 2 mode 2

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

No No No No No No No No No

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

152 152 152 152 152 152 152 152 152

500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

No No No No No No No No No

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120

20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6

No No No No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Gb口采用 Gb口采用 Gb口采用 Gb口采用 Gb口采用 Gb口采用 Gb口采用 Gb口采用 Gb口采用


卫星传 卫星传 卫星传 卫星传 卫星传 卫星传 卫星传 卫星传 卫星传
输:Yes; 输:Yes; 输:Yes; 输:Yes; 输:Yes; 输:Yes; 输:Yes; 输:Yes; 输:Yes;
Gb口不采 Gb口不采 Gb口不采 Gb口不采 Gb口不采 Gb口不采 Gb口不采 Gb口不采 Gb口不采
用卫星传输 用卫星传输 用卫星传输 用卫星传输 用卫星传输 用卫星传输 用卫星传输 用卫星传输 用卫星传输
:No. :No. :No. :No. :No. :No. :No. :No. :No.

Version of Version of Version of Version of Version of Version of Version of Version of Version of


R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99 R99

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400


Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

SGSN为 SGSN为 SGSN为 SGSN为 SGSN为 SGSN为 SGSN为 SGSN为 SGSN为


HW、MOT HW、MOT HW、MOT HW、MOT HW、MOT HW、MOT HW、MOT HW、MOT HW、MOT
O:2; O:2; O:2; O:2; O:2; O:2; O:2; O:2; O:2;
SGSN为其 SGSN为其 SGSN为其 SGSN为其 SGSN为其 SGSN为其 SGSN为其 SGSN为其 SGSN为其
他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或 他厂家:1或
2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2. 2.

流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式


1:2; 1:2; 1:2; 1:2; 1:2; 1:2; 1:2; 1:2; 1:2;
流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式 流控模式
2:1. 2:1. 2:1. 2:1. 2:1. 2:1. 2:1. 2:1. 2:1.

800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry Not retry
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

No No No No No No No No No

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

No No No No No No No No No

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3 CS3

MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6 MCS6

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900


3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Parameter Parameter This parameter
is a four- default recomand
Category value range &unit dence urban ares/urba
Name (EN) Code explain
dimensional value value
array, 900M
indicating
GPRS uplink
INIT coding
scheme,
GPRS
downlink INIT
coding
Codec EGPRS This
scheme,parameter
EGPRSInit indicates the 5,5,8, 1,1,8, 1,1,8,
mode Phone Init GPRS uplink 0~8(MCS1~MCS9)
AttSelt default-coding 8 8 8
adjustment Coding MAX coding
mode
scheme, for
GPRS
GPRS MS
initial
downlink access,
MAX
under
codingdifferent
Abis
scheme, interface
and
link
the default
bandwidths.
coding
This
scheme is a for
four-
dimensional
EGPRS
array,
phones.
Codec GPRS init
GPRSInitA indicating 1,1,3, 1,1,3, 1,1,3,
mode attach 0~3(CS1~CS4)
ttSelt GPRS uplink 3 3 3
adjustment select
init coding
scheme,
GPRS
This parameter
GPRS downlink init
indicates if
Codec phones init coding phones
GPRS
InitAttachE
mode code can scheme,code
default Yes/No Yes 1 1
xch_0
adjustment be GPRS
can be uplink
changed max coding
changed
scheme,
dynamically.
It indicates and if
GPRS
the coding
EGPRS Network
downlinkofmax
method
Codec phones init
InitAttachE broadcasts
coding
GPRS/EGPRS
this
mode code can parameter to Yes/No Yes 1 1
xch_1 scheme.
MS
adjustment be MS in could be
in cell
This parameter
changed GRPS CELL
changed
is used by
OPTIONS
dynamically. of
UPPB,
SI13, PSI1 and
describing
Uplink PSI13.
Codec uplink
measure Ulmeasure In EGPRS
mode measurement
This parameter 400 ~ 2000, ms 800 800 800
report period system,
adjustment report
is period
internal
period EGPRS MS
reported
parameter
This byof
parameter
will determine
BTS
PCU.
is sent and
The
to MS in
to
handled by
meaning
Downlink of this
report the
Average BSC.
parameter
Assignmentis
Codec MEAN_REP_A
filter period BEPperiod message.
the same as It 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
mode V (average 4 10 10
for uplink Up BEPPeriod-
indicates the 11, 12, 13,14, 15
adjustment error bit rate
BEP Down, but it is
measurement
of the radio
to caculate
report modethe
block) and
uplink
of EGPRS MS
CV_BEP_AV
Average measurement
in the cell.
(variance
Codec filter period data inside of
EGPRS
BEPperiod coefficient of
mode for PCU.
measurement 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 4 10 10
Down radio block 0:MEAN_BEP_TNx(0-7)
adjustment downlink could
error bit rate) and I_LEVEL_TN(0-7)will
BEP be performed
under not reported(which means
based on each
the whole TBF, TBFMEAN_BEP and
impulse, which
EGPRS or the CV_BEP of TBF will be
is to
Codec phone measurement reported);1:only
LinkQuam measure by
mode quality data per I_LEVEL_TN(0-7)will be 2 0 0
eaMode the granularity
adjustment measure time slot reported;2:only
of BURST. The
mode MEAN_BEP_T MEAN_BEP_TNx(0-7)will
feature of
Nx (0-7).The be reported;3:both
rapid EGPRS
specification MEAN_BEP_TNx(0-7)and
measurement
defines the I_LEVEL_TN(0-7)will be
makes the
formula of reported.
network side
these
be able to
measurement
respond the
data. There is
change of
an oblivion
radio
factor e, whose
environment
value is
quickly, so as
defined by
to choose the
average period
most proper
RLC
supports
data
extended block is
the
uplink final
downlink
dynamic
This parameter data
block to
allocation.if the
indicates be
transmitted,
While
cell supports using
Support the
this network
extendedfunction,
Resource extended sends
the the RLC
uplink TBF.
ExUpDynS data block
Allocation uplink MS only
After BSSneed Yes/No No 1 1
upport with the Final
related dynamic listen
receives USF CV=0
allocation Block
allocation Identifier with
uplink block, if
(FBI)
the least
cell domain
as
timeslot,
supports
Max This
1. Ityouparameter
contains
so
extended can
number of indicates
an effective the
DTM GttpLapdm determine to
uplink
GTTP maximum
RRBP field ofto 0~7 3 3 3
related Num send uplink
TBF, it enters
Parameter
Lapdm GTTP
initialize
blockextended
into
used atonthe all MS
frame Lapdm
the release frames.
allocated
uplink
side. TBF of
They
the
uplink
status.downlink timeslot.
belong to
TBF.
At this time,cell it
TBF Is the cell the GPRS
For each RLC
continues
It indicates
option
establishm support EXT_UTB data block that
assign uplink
downlink
parameters, TBF Yes/No Yes Yes Yes
ent and extendable F receives FBI
Parameter
blockthey
delay
and time. are
release uplink TBF with
used atdownlink
the
resource
When
broadcast totoMS
It indicates
value
side. 1newand
MS.MS
TBF
the IfisThey in the
extended
contains
belong to this
uplink PSI13
released,
PSI1, data is
uplink
effective
the GPRS TBF RRBP
TBF required
timer
and SI13 starts, tocell
delay
domain:
option time.
establishm Downlink DLDelayti send during
access
Parameter
messages, to
When
􀂃 In
parameters, 500 ~ 4000, ms 2000 2000 2000
ent and delay time me extended
delay at thethe
used
indicating
Parameter MS
uplink
acknowledged
and they TBF are is
release uplink,
state,
side.
values
used tore-
Itat wait
belongs
of the MS
released,
mode,
broadcast theifto MS
establishment
forthe
to new
parameters
side. They
extended
sends
the MS inTBF the
GPRS
of uplink
downlink
“PAN_DEC”,
belong to LLC
cell
uplink
PACKET
PSI1, TBF
PSI13
is not
frame.
option
“PAN_INC”
the GPRS required.
Release cell
TBF function
DOWNLINK
and
Extend This SI13
downlink function
parameters,
and
option TBF
establishm ExtULTBF is supported,
ACK/NACK
messages,
uplink TBF requires
after
and ittimer
“PAN_MAX”.
parameters, is is 0 ~ 3000, ms 1500 1500 1500
ent and Time this
message timer the
indicating
time extended
timeout.
broadcast
After
and they are
release starts, access
whose
values FBI
of
uplink
to
eachthecell
broadcast function
MS in
to extended
domain
parameters is 1toon
shallMSPSI1,
reselection,
the bein thethe
uplink
the
of uplink
“PAN_DEC”, TBF
supported
PSI13
MS
PSI1, willto andset
PSI13 atthe
state,
block
“PAN_INC” wait
TBF MS side.
SI13
initial
and SI13
for new uplink
specified
and by
establishm value
messages, of N3102 500, 1000, 1500, 0, 80, 120,
T3192 T3192 LLC
the RRBP
“PAN_MAX”. 500 1500 1500
ent and as the Release
indicating the 160, 200,ms
frame.
domain.
After
release value ofof
“PanMax”
values
uplink
􀂃 In
each cell TBF
“DRX_TIMER_
value.
parameters
after timer isthe
unacknowledg
reselection,
MAX”.
1.
of When the
“PAN_DEC”,
timeout.
ed
MSmode,will setMS the
When
MS receives
“PAN_INC”
TBF sends the
initial
DRX mode changing
the
and “PACKET from
establishm DrxTimeM PACKET
value of N3102
holding the packet
UPLINK
“PAN_MAX”. 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, s 2 2 2
ent and ax CONTROL
as the
time transmission
ACK/NACK”
After
release ACKNOWLED
“PanMax”
modecell to
message
each
GE message in
value.
to the V(S)
move
reselection, packet
the
1. Whenuplinkthethe
idle will
forward,
MS mode, setit the the
block
MS receivesspecified
TBF MS should
adds
initial PanInc first
to
N3102 as per
the “PACKET RRBP
establishm enter the
N3102
value of (but
N3102 the 4、8、12、16、20、24、28
decrease PanDec field.
UPLINK 4 4 4
ent and non-DRX
maximum
as the the MS 、32
step Then,
ACK/NACK”
release mode.
value
“PanMax”
will start to
message
Minimum
shall
value. not
T3192.
move V(S)
values
exceed
1. of this
T3192 itthe
When
forward,
parameter
PanMax).
MS receives
TBF releases
adds PanInc the to
N3102 and
2.
the When
“PACKET the
establishm resources,
N3102 (butstop the 4、8、12、16、20、24、28
increase PanInc DRX_TIMER_
MS
UPLINK detects the 8 8 8
ent and discreet
maximum 、32
step MAXcondition
stall
ACK/NACK”
release listening
value
parameters
(V(S)
message
It = to
toindicates
thenot
shall PDCCH
determine
V(A)
move
uplink +V(S) W(S)),
delay the
channel
exceed when
time length
T3182
forward, will for
expires,it and
time,
itPanMax). to
TBF MS toPanInc
start.
adds
describe stay
When uplinkinitto
turns
2. When the
establishm N3102 the Non-DRx
receives
N3102
TBF (but the 4、8、12、16、20、24、28
PanMax to the
MS detects paging the 32 32 32
ent and Max mode.
the
maximum
delay “PACKET time. 、32
channel
stall condition for
release UPLINK
value
When uplink
discreet
(V(S) =
ACK/NACK”
shall
TBF is not If an
listening.
V(A) + W(S)),
message that
exceed
released, if
MS receives
T3182 will
enables V(S) <
PanMax).
extended
TBF PACKET
start. When it
V(A)
2. When
uplink +TBF W(S), the
establishm Uplink ULDelayTi DOWNLINK
receives
T3182
MS detects
function stops.
is notthe If 0 ~ 4000, ms 1000 1000 1000
ent and delay time me ASSIGNMENT
the “PACKET
T3182
stall expires,
condition
supported, this
release or PACKET
UPLINK
the MS
(V(S)
timer = will
starts,
TIMESLOT
ACK/NACK”
subtract
V(A)
access + W(S)),
to
RECONFIGUR
message that
PanDec
T3182
uplink will
delayfrom
E message
enables V(S) <
N3102.
start.
state, When When
to waitit
from the
V(A) + W(S),
the downlink
condition
receives
for
networkstops.
T3182 withinIf
satisfies
the N3102
the “PACKET
LLC
T3182 protectionexpires,
< 0,
UPLINK
arrival.
period
the MS will
the MS will
ACK/NACK”
Release uplink
of the T3192
subtract
take cell
PSI1, PSI13
maximum
and SI13
blocks
messages.
(BS_CV_MAX)
T3168
sent on each
indicates the
timeslot.
maximum time
This parameter
to wait for
decides the
TBF PACKET
time of T3198
establishm UPLINK
T3168 T3168 used by 0.5 ~ 4.0,0.5s 4 3 3
ent and ASSIGNMENT
the MS as the
release message after
sending party
MS
(= time
sends
represented
Max PACKET
TBF by
Blocks RESOURCE
Parameter
establishm BS_CV_MAX),
Transmissi BsCvMax REQUEST
used at the 0 ~ 15,block num 15 12 12
ent and the time
It indicates of ifMS
on in Each message
Parameter
side.
release T3200downlink
initial used by
TS (or PACKET
used
This at the MS
timer
the MS
allocation in isthe
DOWNLINK
side.
starts if the MS
non-DRX
based on
ACK/NACK
This
receives timer
Initial mode (= 4 x
multislot 0:(No) which means multi-
message
starts
PACKET if the withMS
Resource Downlink the time 1
capability slot will be assigned
Channel
receives
ACCESS
Allocation Allocation info1_1_0 represented
(that is, uplink by 1:(Yes), Mulit-slot will not 0 1 1
Request
immediate
REJECT
related by Multislot BS_CV_MAX),
1 downlink 1) assigned which means 1+1
Description IE).
assignment
message
Class 1 and
or thethe value will be used.
refusal packet
during or DTM
of
actual multislot
refusal during
access. The
“N3104max”
capability
packet
MS
TBF (=3 x by the
brought
access. This
disables
establishm (BS_CV_MAX
MS.
T3142 T3142 timer does
packet access not 0~255,s 5 5 5
ent and +3) x Number
iffunction
ofthis timer
timeslots
if the
is
release
MS in The
timeout.
assigned in the
original
MS changescell to
uplink).
doesstatus
idle not allow if
All uplink data
TBF to initiate
this timer is
blocks sent by
establishm accesstwo-
timeout
Uplink request
T3172 T3172 MS contain the 0~255,s 5 5 5
ent and but the
prior
phase to MS
access.
COUNT
release doesMS
receiving
The cell
DOWN VALUE
reselection
assignment
initiates
(CV) field. The
prior to theAfter
message.
channel
network
timer
this
request, and
TBF Single can use this
timeout.
timer
network timeout,
establishm Block SBAssOffs field topolling
Send
the MS does
allocates
calculate single 6~12,block 10 10 10
ent and Assign et request totheMS
not disable
resource
data blocks block
release Offset from network
packet
to the
to be IfsentMS. This
side. no on
access
parameter
current in this
uplinkis
any reponse
cell, but shall
indicates
TBF. the
received from
TBF not take
searching
the MS. The
establishm Polling PollingRetr channel
range of this
system can 3~12 7 7 7
ent and Retry Time yTime request block.
resource
send the max
release as paging
number of
response
polling. The
except
Intervalthe thatMS
MS instance is
Interval receives Gprs
downlink
released after
Data number of GPRSDlR paging
TBF requires
reaching the
transmissio GPRS TBF RBPINTER request
MS to send 3 ~ 20 10 8 8
max number.
n related downlink’s VAL message.
Packet
RRBP Downlink
Ack/Nack.
Interval that
Interval downlink
number of EGPRS TBF
Data EGPRSDl
EGPRS requires MS to
transmissio RrbpInterV 6 ~ 60 10 10 10
TBF send EGPRS
n related al
downlink’s Packet
RRBP Donwlink
Ack/Nack.
Interval that
Interval uplink Gprs
Data number of TBF network
GPRSUlAc
transmissio GPRS TBF sends Packet 3 ~ 20 10 8 8
kInterVal
n related uplink’s Downlink
ACK Ack/Nack to
MS.
Interval that
Interval
uplink Egprs
number of
Data EGPRSUl TBF network
EGPRS
transmissio AckInterVa sends Packet 3 ~ 20 8 8 8
TBF
n related l Downlink
uplink’s
Ack/Nack to
ACK
MS.
network could
be transmitted
set the
or the
RESEGMENT
transmission
in PACKET
window is full
UPLINK
by
ACK/NACK,
PRE_EMPTIV
PACKET
Support E_TRANSMIS
UPLINK
Data uplink SION
IrSupportU ASSIGNMENT
transmissio “LA+IR” in PACKET Yes/No No No No
p and PACK
n related quality UPLINK
TIMESLOT
control ACK/NACK
RECONFIGUR
message.
E
The values
This parameter are
message as
Take as follows:if
describes
Data FALSE to
"Preemptiv 1.Yes: Use
support
transmissio PREEMPTIVET inform MS Yes/No No Yes Yes
etrans bit" preemptive
subscriber
n related system of
function transmission.
occupying
using
MS should
other
IR quality
not send the
preference
Support of control mode,
data block
channel. It in
subscriber and MS uplink
Resource PENDING-
indicates this
occupying retransmission
Allocation HybridOccuS ACK
kind of
couldparameter
not be
Yes/No Yes No No
other This
related status. But for
preference
preference segmented.
describes if
the last piece
channel is
channel supportthis
During
of current
busy, other
Support of subscriber on
application,
TBF,
channels even if its
PS moving
the gained
status
are idle, is to
Resource subscriber out of other
preferential
PENDING if– to
determine
Allocation moving out preference
AllowPsMove channel on this Yes/No No No No
ACK,
occupy
DBS uses thisthis
related of other channel.
side, it is beItbetter
itparameter
should
preference on
preference indicates
that
During existing
thisif the
transmitted.
channel.
BSC MP. It
channel user that
QoS
application,
2.No: Do noton
indicates
occupies
quota
the / totalother
Congeneri use gained
minimum preemptive
transmission
channels QoS
available
preferential shall
Resource c service transmission.
threshold
quality, and of
be removed.
quota
channel is lower
on
Allocation threshold MS number
the
SfPreferBus adjusts blockof 0~100, %(≥) 100 100 100
than
opposite allocatedside,
related for PS- shouldchannels
IDLE
allocation send
itresult
the is oldestfor this
better that
data
moving under
according the CS to
percentage,
existing to
in PENDING-
status,
radio when
calculate
QoS
ACK quota target
/
Un- the network
transmission
evaluation
total
status, available
then the
congeneric converts
quality. Divide
Resource target
QoS
second function
quota oldest is
service OpPreferB MEAN_BEP
the switchable
Allocation in
lowercombination
than
data.7 Ifgrades, all 0~100, %(≥) 0 0 0
threshold usyThs channel
into to the
related with
allocated in result
datachannel.
for PS- PS
and each
un-congeneric
for this
PENDING-
moving System may
grade
occupying
percentage,
ACK to
fail tostatus
corresponds converttoa
threshold.
calculate
have beenThe target
dynamic
a weight.
Minimal evaluation
sent, repeat
Resource switchable
weight is
number of target
CsChansT from the function
oldest
Allocation channel to
dynamically a 0 ~ 255(≥) 2 2 2
idle CS hs in
one. combination
related PSPFC
added
If channel,to the if
channel with is
the number of
weight
suppoted,
un-congeneric
idle CS
calculated
iBSC allocates
occupying
channels
from
radio UMTS
resource is
threshold.
It adjusts
lower thanto
QoS
according the
Resource allocation
threshold.QoS
parameters,
signature as
Allocation C/I Sc weight for 0~8 2 0 0
When
the a PS +
evidence
parameters
related shared radio
CSallocating
of
from channel
user in
block
the CS
shared
side. When status
block.
by ARP
THP
is released,
Allocation
QoS guarantee it
parameters
can be
weight
rate forthat user
(priority level).
included
Resource convertedinand
corresponds
signature to
Allocation
interactive
Allocation ARP Sa used
MEAN_BEP
is by PS if
unsatisfied 0~8 2 2 2
weight that
service.
related the total
grade
(including is as
corresponds to
Allocation
number of idle
follows:
through
ARP is that
weight as
channels inand
MEAN_BEP
grabbing), the
follows:
corresponds
cell QoS
grade
the is greaterto
ARP is
THP Allocation
as
than this
MEAN_BEP
parameter
Resource weight
follows:
threshold.
value
allows
Allocation THP St 1 2*Sa
THP Allocation 0~8 2 2 2
Allocationand if
queuing,
related 2 Sa
weight
weight
this
30
0
0 0 ~ 4 -3*Sc
parameter is
1 St
1 5 ~ 9 -2*Sc
enabled, iBSC
2 2*St
2 10 ~ 13radio
allocates -Sc
3 3*St
Resource Support 3 14 ~ 17 0
resource
PsQueueIn 4 4 18
4*St
~ 21 Sc
Allocation PS to user Yes/No No No No
d 5 5*St
related Queuing 5 22 ~ 26 2*Sc
according to
6 6*St
6 27 ~
Best 31 3*Sc
Effort,
7 7*St
and insert the
8 8*St
user into the
queue, to wait
for allocation of
radio
resource.
Queuing time
This parameter
indicates the
number of
allowed
queues in the
This parameter
cell. When the
PS is
userusednumberat thein
Resource MS side and
maximum PsMaxQue queue
Allocation on 1 ~ 16 8 8 8
Queue ueInstNum reaches
This this
parameter
related the BRP.
number value,
describes theItif is
broadcast
service thatto
support
the
shallMS bein some the
Support of switching
PSI1
queued
CS CS subscriber
message,
shall be
Resource subscriber cell
It is to other
assigned
AllowCsMo indicating
Allocation moving refused
timeslot,
to the MS totoifinthe Yes/No No No No
ve network
related Access access.
leave
PACKET blank
supports the
Persist for original
UPLINK
“PACKET PSI
Level timeslot for
ASSIGNMENT
STATUS”
getting larger
message,
Parameter
message. 0~1
PS available
indicating
used at thethe MS
Resource This function is (0: uplink block allocation
Selective USFGranul timeslot
uplink
side. block
System group.
Allocation optional. When granularity is 1; 1: uplink 0 0 0
granularity arity allocation
broadcasts
related PsiStatInd = 1, block allocation granularity is
granularity
the parameter of
MS can send 4)
the GPRS MS
information to
the PACKET
fromthrough
MS the
PSI STATUS
network when
SI2Quater
message
PS Cell the cell
and PSI5 uses
PSI status to the network
reselection PsiStatInd "dynamic
messages. Yes/No No No No
supported and indicate
related allocation".
This parameter
the current
indicates the
value of
period of MS
the PSI
reporting
When NC2 cell
message
reselection
network
PS Cell stored on it. 0.48、0.96、1.92、3.84、7.
Packet Idle survey inthe
controls
reselection NcRepPerI Later, the 68、15.36、30.72、61.44, 61.44 61.44 61.44
mode packet IDLE
cell
related network s
mode. When
reselection,
sets PSI
When NC2
Network
this
message for
network
control order
parameter is is
this MS on
controls thethe
The Size of NC0, the
used. When
PACCH to
cell
PS Cell Test parameter
the number of
speed
reselection,
the up the
parameter
reselection Report's Wnd information
measurement is 1~8 4 4 4
subsequent to
this
information
related Slip not necessary
reports
flowthrough
of MS.is
parameter
MS
Parameter
Window to broadcast
reaches this
Otherwise
used.
SI2Quater
used atWhenthe MS
through
parameter PSI5
MS has
adjacent
and
side. PSI5
Parameter tocell
It belongs
Allowed message.
setting value,
listen
receives
messages.
to
used to the
NCparameter
at the MS
report This
average
PS Cell PSI message
average
This
side. parameter
measurement
It belongs
number of AllowedRe also can
processing beis
reselection only atand
level,
indicates
parameter,
to thethe the 1~6 3 3 3
the same pNum sent to
done forMS
related timenetwork
number
period
which
the points
isofof MS valid
cell in Slip through
measurement PMO
scheduled
measurement
reporting
broadcasted
control cell
survey by
Window message.
report.
theMS
reportnetwork.
reselection
to
parameters,in
received
survey
system
and it isin in slip
windowIDLE
packet
message
broadcast is to
PS Cell
Packet idle NCREPPE lower
mode.
SI2Quater
the MS than
When
in the and 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68,
reselection 61.44 61.44 61.44
mode RI settingPSI13,
Network
PSI5
PSI5, 15.36, 30.72, 61.44,s
related
value,
control
message.
SI3, and this
order This is
calculation
NC0,
parameter
SI2quater the
shall be the
parameter
indicates
messages,
punished. the
information
period
indicating is
PS Cell Packet notMS
of necessary
network reporting
control
NCRERPE 0.48, 0.96, 1.92, 3.84, 7.68,
reselection transmissio to broadcast
cell reselection
Parameter
command used 3.84 3.84 3.84
RT 15.36, 30.72, 61.44,s
related n mode through
survey
used
in theat PSI5
inthe
cell. IfMS
message.
packet
side.
the It is
parameter
This parameter
transmission
broadcast
equals
also
to thecan
mode.
NC0, MSWhen be
then in
Extended sentPSI1
Network
the
NC to MS
survey
PS Cell
measurem throughorder
control
message,
parameters PMOis
reselection MeaOrder Yes/No No No No
ent report message.
NC0,
indicating
(NC the time
hold the
related
order parameter
survey
in non-drx report
information
command
mode, andofCell is
not necessary
MS in the cell.
Reselection
to broadcast
This
Survey parameter
PS Cell Network throughPeriod)
indicates
Report PSI5
if
reselection control CtrlOrder message.
PSI5
can beis sent. NC0, NC1, NC2 NC0 NC0 NC0
related order This
ignored;parameterif the
also can be
parameter
sent
is NC1 to MSor NC2
through
and NC PMO
message.
measurement
parameters
are ignored,
use the default
value.
information
as follows:
broadcasts
to MSI:through
Type This
to MS through
SI2Quater
type of report and
PSI5 message.
PSI5 be
must message.
This parameter
This
extended if
indicates if the
parameter
the frequency
Parameter
MS performs
indicates
points
used atfor thethe
the MS
extended
NC hold minimal
extended
side. SI13 time
PS Cell survey. No non-DRX mode, 0.24,
time in NcNoDrxP for an MS
survey
sending
reselection In addition, it 0.48, 0.72, 0.96, 1.20, 1.44, 0.48 0.48 0.48
non-drx er to stay
are among
position in the the
related indicates how 1.92,s
mode non-DRX
six strongest
indicates the
to interpret the
mode after
carrier
scheduling
other extended
sending of
frequencies,
position an
survey
NC survey
even
SI13 if the
on BCCH.
Extended parameters
PS Cell report.
BSIC
SI13 When
decoding
measurem ExMeaOrd (Typeisofrelated
reselection Network
is
to successful.
the GPRS EM0, EM1 EM0 EM0 EM0
ent report er extended
Parameter
related control order
The
services. SI13is
order measurement
used at the MS
NC0, the
report
can should
reportItand
side. belongs
parameter
cover
be sent the on
Report
to the period
information
receiving
either of theis
of extended
extended
Type of not necessary
signal
following: level
PS Cell measurement).
survey
extended ExtRepTyp to broadcast
and
BCCH theNorm
reselection The values
parameters are Type1, Type2, Type3 Type1 Type1 Type1
measurem e through PSI5
successfully
position. In this
related as follows:
and it is
ent report message.
decoded
case, it BSIC
EM0: MS
broadcast to
This
(if any);
occupies parameter the
performs no
the
also can
Type
BCCH II:blockbe
This
extended
MS
A intothe
parameter PSI5
Report sent
type
with TC MS
of report
= 4;
survey
message,
used at the MS
PS Cell period of through
must
TC = be
((FN PMO DIV
EM1:and
indicating
side MSthe must
the 60, 120, 240, 480, 960, 1920,
reselection extended ExtRepPer message.
extended
51) 1920 1920 1920
sendmod
interval
FUN theof(8)).
side. 3840, 7680, s
related measurem if all the
BCCH Ext
extended
System
ent frequencyIn this
position.
survey
broadcasts report. to
pointsitfor the
case,
report
System
MS tosends
through the
extended one
occupies
network
the parameter
PSI3 and
survey
fixed areSI13
AGCH
SI13 information
messages.
SI3LOCAT located
block within the TC = BCCH BCCH BCCH
Others Sending through the
CCCH BCCH Norm, BCCH Ext
E sixSI13
0. strongest is sent Norm Norm Norm
Position PSI5parameter
SplitPgCycle
This message
carrier
with
when
support
is used on
frequencies,
low success
Extendedif
indicates
RLC/MAC
the BSIC
rate on the
measurement
to
layersupportof BRP the
decoding
BCCH Extis
report order is
‘SplitPg¬Cycle’
and
CCCH successful
position,
SpgcSupor EM1.
function
at MS on
Others SplitPgCyc and
because theside. NCC Yes/No No Yes Yes
t CCCH.
System
part ishas allowed
le support SI13 to
‘Split_Pg_Cycl
broadcasts
for survey. to
The
compete with
e’
MS means
through
report should
other
sending
cover thethe
PSI1,
messages,
PACKET
PSI13,
Parameter
receiving and
Packet such
IMMEDIATE
SI13
used
signalatlevel the MS RLC/MAC RLC/MAC RLC/MAC
control CtraCKTyp as 4 access bursts, RLC/MAC
Others ASSIGNMENT
messages.
side.
and the It is control control control
acknowled e IMMEDIATE control block
,successfully
PACKET
Packet
broadcast control to block block block
gment type ASSIGNMENT
Parameter
PAGING
acknowledgme
the
decoded and
BSIC;
message,
used at the for MS
PACKET
nt
MS inIII:theUse
Type
delivery
side. It belongs
IMMEDIATE
type
PSI13 indicates
and
thisthetype
opportunity.
to of
Packet ASSIGNMENT
the
SI13
reportdefaultto report No package access, Allow
For
global this case,
power
access REJECT
format
messages, for MS priority 1, Allow priority 1-2, Allow Allow Allow
Others PriAcThr all the
the parameter
control and
priority messages
to
indicating
frequency on
the Allow priority 1-3, Allow priority priority priority
value
GPRS
Parameter ofpower
threshold multiple
send
priority
pointsatforPACKET
level the of priority 1-4, Allow priority
Access
control
used the MS
blocks.
CONTROL
MS packet
extended
Allowed
parameters,
side. It belongs 0 ~ 31
ACKNOWLED
access
survey. allowed
Reserved
and
to the it is No (0: The filter period is 2(0/2)/6
GEMENT
by
BSIC the cell.
decoding
Filter Blocks
broadcast
global must
power to be multiframes; 1: The filter
message.
as similar
is necessary. to
PS power period in set
the greater
MS and
control in the period is 2(1/2)/6
T_AVG_W the
The
than function
0.PSI13 of 0 0 0
control the packet PSI1,parameter
GPRS
This power multiframes; …… 25: The
ACCESS
report
Otherwise, should
idle mode and
control
belongs SI13 to filter period is 2(25/2)/6
CLASS.
contain
SI13 will thenot be
messages.
parameters,
global power multiframes ; The filter period
receiving
sent. 0 ~ 31
This
and
control itparameter
isand is 2(25/2)/6 multiframes), s
signal (0: The filter period is 2(0/2)/6
Filter usedlevel.
indicates
broadcast
is atthe to
MS
Besides, multiframes; 1: The filter
period in filter
the
side. MS inthe
It belongs the
PS power interference period is 2(1/2)/6
packet T_AVG_T period
PSI1,
to the PSI13 of theof
global 0 0 0
control eachSI3 carrier multiframes; …… 25: The
transmissio signal
and
power intensity
frequency filter period is 2(25/2)/6
n mode for power shall
messages.
control
be reported. multiframes; 26~31:
control
This in
parameter
parameters,
Reserved),s
the packet
indicates
and it is the idle
mode.
filter
broadcast to
PSI4
PS power period
the MSofinthe
sending Psi4Send Yes/No No No No
control signal
the PSI1 intensity
mark
for power This
message.
control in
parameter
the packetif the
indicates
transmission
optional PSI4
mode.
message is
broadcasted.
This message
contains a list
of channels
to the
global power
control and
GPRS power
control
Parameter
parameters,
used at the MS
Power and it is
side. It belongs
control broadcast to
PS power PcMeasCh to the
measurem the MS in the BCCH, PDCH BCCH BCCH BCCH
control an global power
ent PSI1, PSI13
control and
Parameter
channel and SI13
GPRSatpower
used the MS
messages.
control
side. It belongs
This parameter 0 ~ 10
parameters,
to the
indicates the (Assuming the parameter of
Power and it ispower
global
PS power position where MS transmission power
control Alpha broadcast
control andto 0 0 0
control the downlink control is (α), 0: α = 0.0; 1: α
parameter the MSpower
GPRS in the
power strength = 0.1; …… 10: α = 1.0;
PSI1, PSI13
control
is surveyed 11~15:α = 1.0)
and SI13
parameters,
This parameter
for uplink
messages.
and
is usedit isfor the
power control.
Filter This parameter
broadcast
uplink opento
PS power constant of determines
the
loop MS in the the
N_AVG_I 0 ~ 15 0 0 0
control power MS PSI13
PSI1,
power control.
control The
and
MS cell GCH
transmission
SI13
uses
selection
power control
messages.
parameter and
for
reselection
Alpha.
This parameter
calculating of
Receive MS depends
is a filter
uplink
Power on the C1 and
constant
transmission 0 ~ 63
PS power C2
Strength SS_BTS usedparameter
power,
This tobased (0: -110 dBm; 1: -109 dBm; 1 1 1
control parameters,
from MS optimize
on the the
determines ……63: -47 dBm)
Needed according
interference
following
GPRS uplink to
the
signal intensity
formula:
power control
definition
in power
GCH
strategy, = G0in the
Uplink GSM
control.-SSb
-PBTS
including the
This parameter
specification. No control, Open-loop
PS power power ULPWCTR -48
following four
determines
Network control, Close-loop control, No control No control No control
control control L This parameter
modes:
GPRS
carriers Control based on quality
strategy decides the
uncontrolled,
downlink
decide
SSb if to use
open-loop
power
C2 as the cell
parameter.
control, close-
control
reselection
loop control,
This parameter
Downlink strategy,
parameter.
based on the
determines No control, Open-loop
PS power Power DLPWCTR including the
Additional
quality
BTS downlink control. control, Close-loop control, No control No control No control
control Control L following four
reselection
power Control based on quality
strategy modes:
parameter
control mode.
uncontrolled,
indication
BTS has two
open-loop
This
is parameter
to notify MS
power control
control,
ifis close-
an criterion
C2 optional
Downlink modes: A
loop
downlink
is control,
adoptable
PS power Power PwCtrlMod and
This B. Mode A
parameter
based control
power
during on cell A, B A A A
control Control e may bethe
determines used
quality
parameter
reselection.
This control.
parameter
Mode for any power
GPRS
contained
used forin
System
is
allocation
control
assignment
broadcasts
global
mode, process
precision,
message.
through
on BRP. If
while
which mode B
P0 exists,
RIL3_RR
Packet System
Power can only be
describes
PS power power control
SYSTEM
Information
Control PwCtrlLev used for output
nominal the 0 ~ 31,dB 0 0 0
control is used.
INFORMATIO
Send Speed
Level fixed allocation
power and
Otherwise,
N TYPE3 and
indicates it is
mode.
power control
not
ifTYPE4 used. types
various The
precision (dB)
value
messages
of PSI of Power to
sent by MS
Power descending
MS
messagesin of
under eachare
descendin PDCH
the
sent cell.
at It is
high 0 ~ 15
PS power power control
g of PDCH P0 to BCCH
one
rate. of theincell a (0: P0=0 dB; 1: P0=2 dB 0 0 0
control level.There is
to BCCH in mode can
selection
limited packet not …… 15: P0=30 dB)
A mode be modified in
parameters.
system
packet
The
messages values are
transmission
as
(16) follows:
sent at
attached moderate,
Yes:
high MSunless takes
and
PBCCH reselection re-assignment
off
the cell
number of
AddResPI2 Yes/No No No No
related parameter or new
reselection
sent
indication assignmentof
parameter
messages
is established
PI
each andtype the
and such an
parameters
varies
Packet assignment
related
depending to on Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
System does
computing
the Yes/No, 9 types (PSI2, PSI3, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
PBCCH SendSpee
Information not from
C2
length contain
ofthe the PSI3BIS, PSI4, PSI5, PSI13, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
related d
Send PDCH
rest
message. bytesof any PSI3ter, PSI8, PSI3quater) Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Speed previous
‘SI7/8
Therefore Restthe Yes Yes Yes
assignment.
Octets’
user canof
SYSTEM
only set
INFORMATIO
approximate
N TYPE 7 or 8.
requirements
No: MS should
for sending
obtain
rate of the
each PI
parameter
system
an array
with
This 3parameter
elements,
is used by in
the
BTS. unitBSC of %.
PccchIndTh[0]:
informs this
paging
parameter
message
to BTS through
buffer
O&M is
PBCCH Link error overloaded
RLTimeout message, for 0 ~ 100 20 20 20
related counter packet paging
explaining
BTS uses this
channel
measurement
Parameters PPCH.
parameter.
Its
counter
used
PRACH by while
FUC
decision
BTS
at BTS
channel can'tside.
PRACH mechanism
correctly
The
overload interval is one is
of
PBCCH OverLoad to
PRACH
of first
decode
the reasons
OvLoadPer calculate 0 ~ 255, s 10 10 10
related Report GPRS
overload
for overload data.
Period paging
period reported
control. The
Paging
BTS usesbody
message this
by BTS
busy
message ratioand of
parameter. It
buffer
informed
random
buffer is access
PRACH indicates the
corresponding
by BSC.
burst
overloaded 0 ~ 63
Receiving bursts
to one number
decides
threshold thefor (0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110 dBm
PBCCH signal level PrachBusy on PRACH.
paging
PRACHpaging
packet ~ -109 dBm; 2: -109 dBm ~ 63 63 63
related threshold T PRACH then
channel,
overload.PPCH.
channel -108 dBm; …… 62: -49 dBm
for busy channel total
message
If a burst’s
The judgment ~ -48 dBm; 63: > -48 dBm)
burst overloads if
quantity
level exceeds
scheme
receiving
saved in this
theasvalue
is follows: i.
Average signal divided
buffer levels of
specified by
Calculate the
measuring AvgSlots
by maximum BPs
PBCCH MeaAvgSl PRACH
paging
bursts are lower than
storage 0 ~ 100 60 60 60
related ot receive signal
message
number on PrachBusyT.
to gain a
level
buffer threshold,
PRACH It is a
percentage,
the burst
corresponding
parameterby
multiplied
is considered
to a paging
used then
100, by BTS.
as a busyii.
channel.
Buffer The BTS with
compared
burst.
Divide the
PBCCH threshold PccchIndT needs
this to
threshold,
message 0 ~ 100, % 50 50 50
related of paging h_0 ifbeit exceeds
number stored
message itsynchronized
will be
in the buffer by
when
considered as
the maximum
Queue modifying the
overload;
storage
length parameter.
PccchIndTh[1]:
amount. iii.
threshold paging
Total group
block
PBCCH PccchIndT Multiply the
in 64 overload
quantity on this 0 ~ 100, % 50 50 50
related h_1 obtained
multiframe threshold of
PRACH
percentage
paging packet
divided paging by
by 100.
period channel. Its
busy
Compare the
decision
blocks on a
result with the
PRACH mechanism
PRACH,
This parameter is
threshold.
PBCCH overload PccchIndT to first
multiplied
indicates by
if to
If the result 0 ~ 100, % 50 50 50
related threshold h_2 accumulate
100,
support then the
exceeds the
ratio message
compared
extended
threshold, then
readythis
with
paging. to issue
the
in buffer queue
threshold,
Extended if it
overload can
for eachmeans
exceeds
paging this
be decided.
Extended paging
threshold,
that MS stillit will
PBCCH EpageMod
paging group
be
can pair,
considered
receive Yes/No No No No
related e
supported then
and divided by
as overload.
analyze
accumulation
the message
Parameter
of
withinparamter
This
used at3 the MS
maximum
intervals
is
side.used byafter
It belongs FUC
Calculating storage
the
at
to BTS
the side, in
PBCCH period of buffer queue
blocks
describing
GPRS cell
LoadPer corresponding 0 ~ 16, s 10 10 10
related load on indicated
period
option to by its
PPCH to eachgroup.
paging
calculate
parameters, paging
group,
PPCH
and it ischannel
This
multipliedparamter by
load.
broadcast
is
100, used by FUC 0 ~ 15,s
to the MS in
at BTS side,
compared (0: PSI1 repeat period is 1
the PSI1, with
PBCCH PSI1 send PSI1REPP describing
this threshold, multiframe; 1: PSI1 repeat
PSI13 and 4 4 4
related period ER period
if it exceeds to period is 2 multiframes; ……
SI13
calculate
the 15: PSI1 repeat period is 16
messages,
PPCH
threshold, channel multiframes)
indicating ifit to
will
load.
be considered
use the 8-bit or
as overload;
11-bit access
PBCCH Access AccessTyp burst
PccchIndTh[2]: 8 bits, 11 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits
related burst type e in PRACH,
PRACH and
PTCCH/U
overload
the “PACKET
threshold.
CONTROL
Its decision
ACKNOWLED
mechanism is
GEMNT”
to first divide
message.
total main
The
blocks quantity
difference
of this PRACH
between the
PACCH. In the
GPRS system,
C32 is used as
the standard
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcasted
for cell
to MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS
reselection.
system, C32 is used as the standard for cell
Similar to the
reselection. Similar to the C2 standard in GSM,
C2 standard in 0 ~ 31
there is a cell reselection offset parameter (ReselOff)
PBCCH Reselectio GSM, there is (0: -52 dB; 1: -48 dB; ……
ReselOff_0 for calculation of the C32 standard. When the offset 0 0 0
related n offset 0 a cell 22: +12 dB; …… 31: +48
represented by this parameter is 0dB, it need not
reselection dB), 2dB
be indicated in the packet system message.
offset
Parameter
This parameter indicates the parameters used
parameter
used
duringatreselection
the MS on idle status, which only
(ReselOff)
side. Inform for
functions while configuring
0 ~ 31 PBCCH.
calculation of
MS
PBCCH Reselectio (0: -52 dB; 1: -48 dB; ……
ReselOff_1 thePACCH. In
on 0 0 0
related n Offset 1 22: +12 dB; …… 31: +48
C32GPRS
the standard.
dB), 2dB
When the
Parameter
system, C32 used
is at the MS side. It is broadcasted
offset
to
usedMS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS
represented
the C32 by
system,
as is used as the standard for cell
Reselectio this parameter
reselection.
standard for Similar to the C2 standard in GSM,
PBCCH n TempOffse is 0dB,
there
cell is itaneed
temporary 0、10、20、30、40、50、6
offset parameter “TempOffset”
0 0 0
related temporary t_0 not calculation
for be
reselection. of0、unlimited,dB
the C32 standard and it provides
offset 1 indicated
the C32tostandard with a negative offset.
Similar
in the
This
the packet indicates the parameters used
parameter
C2
systemreselection
during
standard in on idle status, which only
Parameter
message.
functions while
GSM, there is configuring PBCCH.
Reselectio used at the MS
This
a parameter
temporary
PBCCH n TempOffse side. Inform 0、10、20、30、40、50、6
indicates the
offset 0 0 0
related temporary t_1 MS on 0、unlimited,dB
parameter
offset 2 PACCH. In the
used
“TempOffset”
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcasted
GPRS
during system,
for
to calculation
MS via system message by BTS. In the GPRS
C32 is usedinas
reselection
of the C32
system, C32 is used as the standard for cell
the
transmission
Penalty standard
reselection. andThere
it 0 ~is31 a temporary offset in C32
standard
state. for
PBCCH time of cell PenalTime provides
that providesthe a negative
(0: 10 s;offset,
1: 20 s;similar
…… 1:to 320
C2
cell 0 0 0
related reselection _0 C32
in GSM system. s)
Parameter The effective time depends
reselection.
1 standard
on
used PenalTime
at the with MS aof,cell
10sreselection.
There is a
negative
This
side. parameter
Inform offset. indicates the parameters used
temporary
Thison
during
MS parameter
reselection on idle status, which only
offset in C32
indicates
functions
PACCH. When the
while configuring PBCCH.
Penalty that provides a 0 ~ 31
parameter
MS performs a
PBCCH time of cell PenalTime negative offset, (0: 10 s; 1: 20 s; …… 1: 320
used
cell reselection 0 0 0
related reselection _1 similar to C2 in s)
during
that
2 GSM system.
Parameter used ,at10s
the MS side. It is broadcasted to
reselection
causes in
The via
MS effective
system message by BTS. When MS performs
transmission
abnormal
time
a cell reselection that causes abnormal release of
state.
release of this
depends
this cell, iton is not allowed to reselect this cell again
Interval of cell, it is not
PenalTime
within of
the T_RESEL period, unless there is no other
PBCCH reselecting T_RESEL_ allowed 5、10、15、20、30、60、1
cell for selection. When the time represented by
cells 5 5 5
related the same 0 to reselect this 20、300,s
reselection.
this parameter is the default value (5s), it does not
cell 1 cell again
This parameter
need to be broadcast to the MS in the PSI3 message.
within the
indicates
This parameterthe indicates the parameters used
T_RESEL
parameter
during reselection on idle status, which only
period, unless
Interval of used
functions while configuring PBCCH.
there is no
PBCCH reselecting T_RESEL_ during 5、10、15、20、30、60、1
other cells for 5 5 5
related the same 1 reselection in 20、300,s
selection.
cell 2 transmission
When the time
state.
Parameter
represented by
Parameter
used at theused MS at the MS side. It belongs to
this parameter
HCS parameter,
side. It belongs 0which ~ 63 is broadcasted to MS via
Threshold is the default
system
to HCS message(0: by<BTS.
-110ItdBm;
indicates
1: -110
thedBm
HCS
PBCCH of HSC HCS_THR value (5s), it
signal strength threshold
parameter, ~ -109 dBm; of the2: cell.
-109 dBm ~ 0 0 0
related signal level _0 does not need
This parameter
which is indicates
-108 dBm; the……parameters
62: -49 dBm
used
1 to be
during reselection
informed to ~ on-48idle
dBm;status,
63: >which
-48 dBm)
only
broadcast to
functions
MS on while configuring PBCCH.
the MS in the
PACCH. It
PSI3 message. 0 ~ 63
Threshold indicates the
This parameter (0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110 dBm
PBCCH of HSC HCS_THR HCS signal
indicates the ~ -109 dBm; 2: -109 dBm ~ 0 0 0
related signal level _1 strength
parameter -108 dBm; …… 62: -49 dBm
2 threshold of
used ~ -48 dBm; 63: > -48 dBm)
the cell.
during
This parameter
Parameter used at the MS side. It belongs
reselection in
indicates
to HCS the
parameter, which is broadcasted to
transmission
parameter
MS via system message by BTS. It specifies
PBCCH HCS PrioClass_ state.
used
the HCS priority 0 of~the7 cell. 0 0 0
related Priority 1 0
during
This parameter indicates the parameters used
reselection
during in
reselection on idle status, which only
transmission
functions while configuring PBCCH.
state.
less
usedthan at the 15MS s.
However,
side. It belongs 15 s
is
to extremely
HCS
short
parameter, time in
terms
which of is
location
informed to MS
updating.
on PACCH. This
increases
It specifiesthe the
PBCCH HCS PrioClass_ signaling flowof 0 ~ 7
HCS priority
Parameter used at the MS side. It is broadcasted 0 0 0
related Priority 2 1 on the
the
to MS cell. via system message by BTS.
network
Thisneeds parameterand
MS to go through location updating process
causes
indicates radio
the
after cell reselection in the case of GPRS cell
resources
parameter to used
Parameter
reselection, if theatoriginal
the MScellside.
andIt destination
is broadcasted
cell to
be
used
MS fully
through system message
are in at the MS
different locations. C32 by BTS,obtained
values which indicates
at
C31 utilized. In
PBCCH C31_HYST ifduring
CellReselHys
side.
the It is
boundary forparameter
two adjacent functions on different
cells are C31 standard.
hysteresis addition, it Yes/No No No No
related _0 reselection
This
informed
because parameter to in
of fading indicates the parameters
characteristic used
of radio channel.
1 decreases call
transmission
during
MS
It on reselection
causes PACCHMS to select on idle
cellstatus, which only
frequently.
completion
state.
functions while
and specifies
The interval if configuring
between the two PBCCH.
cell reselections
rate of the
to MS
of use is the not less than 15 s. However, 15 s
system, as MS
parameter
is extremely short time in terms of location
cannot
C31 “CellReselHys”
updating. This increases the signaling flow on the
PBCCH C31_HYST respond to
hysteresis on the C31
network and causes Yes/Noradio resources to be fully No No No
related _1 paging during
2 standard.
utilized. In addition, it decreases call completion
location
This of
rate parameter
the system, as MS cannot respond to
update.
indicates
paging the location update.
during
GSM
parameter
GSM specification sets a specific parameter, Cell
specification
GPRS cell used
Reselecting Hysteresis (CRH), to solve this problem.
sets a specific
PBCCH reselection ReselHys_ during
MS will activate the 0、2、4、6、8、10、12、1
cell reselection according to this
parameter, Cell 0 0 0
related hysteresis 0 reselectiononly
parameter in when 4,dB the signal level of adjacent
Reselecting
1 transmission
cell (whose location zone is different from that of
Hysteresis
state.cell) is greater than that of local cell, and
local
(CRH),
Parameter to solve
meanwhile the value difference must be greater
this problem.
used
than thatthe
at MS by the parameter.
required
GPRS cell MS will
side. It is
􀂃 Increase cell reselection parameters of adjacent
PBCCH reselection ReselHys_ activate the
informed MS 0、2、4、6、8、10、12、1
cells with to different LAC. Signaling traffic overload 0 0 0
related hysteresis 1 cell
on reselection 4,dB
PACCH.
often occurs due to large demand of services.
2 according
This parameter to
􀂃 When
Parameter theused adjacent
at thecells
MS in different
side. location
It is broadcasted
this
specifies extra
areas
to MS have
Parameter through large overlapped
system message coverage,
by BTS.it This
is
parameter only
hysteresis
suggested
parameter
used at toMS
thespecifiesincrease the hysteresis
extra CRH parameter.
value used in
when
value the
used in
Routing 􀂃 If the
selecting
side. isadjacent
a cell incells anotherwithrouting
different LACs
area whenareMS
signalItlevel
selecting of
a cell
PBCCH reselection RaReselHy poor
is in overlapped
in IDLE
informed toor BUSY coverage,
0、2、4、6、8、10、12、1
mode. When thatthis
is, there
parameter
adjacent
in another gap, or the adjacent place is an 8 8 8
related hysteresis s_0 is coverage
has
MS the same value
on 4,dBas “CellReselHys”, it does not
cell (whose
routing
1 area with
need
PACCH, to be few
which slow moving
broadcast in theobjects such as the
PSI3 message.
location
area when zone MS
expressway,
This
indicates parameter if MS theindicates
CRH parameter should be
the parameters usedset
is different
asin
during
is 1 IDLE
~3
allowed
or is, 2dB ~ 6dB for the CRH level).
(that
reselection
to on idle status, which only
from
BUSY that of
mode. indicates the parameters used
This parameter
functions
attempt towhile configuring PBCCH.
Routing local cell)
When is
during this
access reselection
another on idle status, which only
PBCCH reselection RaReselHy greater
parameter than has configuring
0、2、4、6、8、10、12、1
functions
Parameter
cell (if it while
used
exists). at PBCCH.
the MS side. It is broadcasted 8 8 8
related hysteresis s_1 thatsame
the of local value 4,dB
to
If MS
there
cell, and through
is system message by BTS,
2 as
which
abnormal
meanwhile indicates the if MS is allowed to attempt to
“CellReselHys”
access
release
value another
in the cell (if any).
, it
If there is abnormal
packet
difference must release in the packet
does not need
Random transmission,
be greater the MS will discard all running
to be
PBCCH access RadAcRetr TBFs.
the If MS is allowed to access other cells, it
thanMS
broadcast thatwillin Yes/No No No No
related attempt y_0 should
discard
required perform
all abnormal cell reselection, and
the PSI3 by the
permitted 1 establish
running
parameter. TBF after initializing new cell. If there
message.
are other
TBFs. If MS suitable
is cells, the MS cannot reselect
Increase
This parameter cell
the original
allowed to cell within T_RESEL seconds.
reselection
indicates the
This
access
parametersparameter
other indicates the parameters used
Random parameter of
during
cells,
adjacent itreselection on idle status, which only
PBCCH access RadAcRetr used
functions
should
cells with while configuring
perform Yes/No PBCCH. No No No
related attempt y_1 during
abnormal
different LAC. cell
permitted 2 reselection in
reselection,
Signaling traffic
transmission
and
overload
state.
establish
Parameter
often occurs TBF used at the MS side. It is broadcasted to
Usage of after
MS
used initializing
through
due to largeMS
at the system message by BTS, which indicates
PBCCH cell C32_QUA ifnew
to use
side.
demand cell.
It istheofIf exceptional rule when adopting ReselOff.
Yes/No No No No
related reselection L_0 there
This
informed
services. parameter indicates the parameters used
offset 1 are
during
to other
the
􀂃 When the MSreselection
on on idle status, which only
suitable
adjacentcells,
functions
PACCH, while
and
cells it configuring PBCCH.
the MS cannot
specifies
in different if to
reselect
use
location
Usage of
the
areas original
have cell
exceptional
PBCCH cell C32_QUA
within
rule
large for Yes/No No No No
related reselection L_1
T_RESEL
“ReselOff”.
overlapped
offset 2
seconds.
This
coverage, parameter it is
This
indicates
suggested parameter theto
indicates
parameter
increase the the
parameter
used
CRH
used
during
parameter.
during
reselection
􀂃 If the in
reselection
transmission
adjacent cells in
transmission
state.
with different
state.
poor its
during
to MS via system message by BTS.
communication
It indicates the minimum receiving level for the
quality
s with
MS to BTS.
access the GPRS system. To prevent the
cannot
The network
MS from accessing the system at a low receiving
guarantee
controls the (usually, the poor communication quality
signal level
normal
MS power by
cannot guarantee normal communications after
communication
the power
GPRS accessing) and from 0 ~ 63 unreasonably wasting radio
s after
command
access sources of and the network,
(0: < -110 it isdBm;
stipulated
1: -110 in dBm
the GSM
PBCCH RxLevAsMi accessing)
the MS that must and
minimum system the receiving
~ -109 dBm; level2:be
-109more dBmthan
~ a 12 12 12
related n_0 fromthe
use
signal level threshold level for -108
MSdBm;to access
…… the 62: network,
-49 dBm that
unreasonably
transmission
1 is, Min RxLev Needed ~ -48 dBm;
(the minimum
63: > -48receiving
dBm)
wasting radio
power
level that allows MS to access the cell).
sources ofbythe
specified
In addition, it is also one of the standards for MS
GPRS network,
the network it is 0 ~ 63
to make the as cell selection and the cell reselection
access stipulated
its output in (0: < -110 dBm; 1: -110 dBm
PBCCH RxLevAsMi (a parameter to calculate C31 and C32).
System
minimum the GSM
Parameter
power. ~ -109 dBm; 2: -109 dBm ~ 12 12 12
related n_1 This parameter
broadcasts the indicates the parameters used
signal level system
used
If the at
MS that
the the -108 dBm; …… 62: -49 dBm
MS
during reselection on idle status, which only
parameter
2 receiving
side.
cannot Thisoutputlevel ~ -48 dBm; 63: > -48 dBm)
functions
information while to configuring PBCCH.
be more
parameter
that power than a
MS
threshold
belongs
value, tolevel
throughit SI4, will
for MS
Hierarchical
use the topower
SI6 and SI7
PBCCH Priority access
Cell
that the
Structure
is closest 0、6、12、18、24、30、36
PRIO_THR messages. 6 6 6
related threshold network,
(HCS)
to the and that
specified be 、unlimited,dB
This parameter
Parameter used at the MS side. This parameter
is, Minas
informed
value RxLev to MS
its
relates toto Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) and
belongs
Needed
on PACCH.
transmission (the
GPRS accessto MS via system message by BTS.
broadcasted
minimum
This
power. parameter
minimal
This signal indicates if the HCS parameters
parameter
receiving
indicates
This
level parameter
Parameter in
(PriorityClass used andatHCSTHr)
the MS side. existItin
is the cell. If
broadcasted
iflevel
is the
also that
HCSa cell does not use HCS parameters,
PBCCH HCS exist HCS_EXIS calculation
the
to MSlocal via system message by BTS.
allows MS to
parameters
parameter for Yes/No No No No
related 1 T_0 of C4
the
The HCS standard.
parameters
transmission powerof other
of MScells will also be
is controlled by
access
(PriorityClass
cell the
selection
ignored,
the thatduring is, all the cells use the HCS signal
cell).network
and HCSTHr)
reselection
its communications with BTS.
strength
The network threshold controlsof infinity.
the MS power by the power
In
exist
by addition,
MS, in the it
cell.is
This
command parameter indicates the parameters used
also
If theone
involved local ofand
in the the MS must use the transmission
cell
during specified
power reselection byontheidle status,aswhich
network only power.
its output
standards
does
calculation not use for
of
functions
If the MS while configuring
cannot output that PBCCH.
power value, it will
PBCCH HCS exist HCS_EXIS MS and C2
HCS
C1
use the power Yes/No
that is closest to the specified No No No
related 2 T_1 to make
parameters,
values. If this the
value
cell HCS as its transmission power.
selection
the
parameter is
This
andtoo parameter
the cell of is also a parameter for cell selection
parameters
set
and reselection by MS, involved in calculation of
reselection
other
large, cells
the MS
C1
(a and C2 values. If this parameter is set too
GPRS near BTSbewill to
will parameter
also
large,
calculatethatthe MS
C31is, near BTS will interfere the adjacent
MAX initial ignored,
interfere the
PBCCH MsTxMaxC channels.
Parameter
and C32). If it is too small, the MS at the cell
access all the
adjacent cells use 0 ~ 31 5 5 5
related ch_0 boundaries
used at theIf MS
This parameter will have low access success rate.
signal level the
channels. it
To
side. setIt it,
indicates observe
belongs
the the following principle: Under the
1 HCS
is toosignal small,
precondition
to
parameter that the MS at the cell boundary is
strength
the
System MS at the
guaranteed
the
used PCCCH with certain access success rate, the MS
threshold
cell
broadcasts of the
GPRS access
during level
organization should be reduced as much as possible.
infinity.
boundaries
parameter towill
MAX initial Generally,
parameters,
Parameter
reselection it
in is recommended to set this parameter
PBCCH MsTxMaxC This
haveinlow
MS parameter
SI4, SI6,
access as
and
used 5 it(for
is the
at GSM900MS) 0 ~ 31and 2 (for GSM1800MS).5 5 5
related ch_1 transmission
indicates
access
SI7, and theMS
PSI3
signal level In actual
broadcast
side.
state. It application,
belongs to after the parameter is set,
parameter
success rate.
messages of
2 make
the
to MS
the a indial the test at the cell boundary, and test MS
used
To
servingset it,cell. In
access
PSI1
PCCCH success rate and access time with different
message.
during
observe
addition, the
parameter
This
structure parameter settings to determine if to increase or
reselection in
following
system
decrease the
System
indicates
parameters, the value of the parameter.
transmission
principle: the
broadcasts
PBCCH This itparameter
broadcasts
number
and of the indicates the parameters used
LSA Mark LSA_Id state. isthe
Under
parameter 0 ~ 16777215 0 0 0
related during reselection on idle status, which only
parameter
blocks
broadcast
preconditionin
information
functions
information
where
to the neither
MS while
into configuring PBCCH.
that
PSI3 the MS at
MS PSI1
packet
the paging
the cell
and Psi3bis
through
nor
message.PBCCH SI4, This
boundary
messages is of
SI6 and SI7
can
parameter
guaranteed
the
messages.
appear
indicates in thea 52-
PBCCH LSA_Offse with certain
neighboring 0、4、8、16、24、32、48
LSA Offset This parameter
frame
number of 0 0 0
related t access
cells. LSA 、64
defines the On
multiframe.
blocks
success
ID specifies rate,
offset value
these
assigned blocks, as for
the MS
LSA identifier
LSA PAGCH,
only
PBCCH
access
of the cell. level
reselection
PDTCH
in a 52-frame and
should be
betweencan
PACCH
multiframe
PAGCH reduced as
PBCCH two cells with
appear.
(altogether
reserved PagBlkRes much as 12 0 ~ 10 5 5 5
related the same
The
blocks). “UPLINK LSA
blocks possible.
priority. blocks
ASSIGNMENT
PBCCH
Generally, it is
”recommended
aremessage
used atwill the
be
same
to set this time by
sent
the
parameterin priority
PBCCH on these
packet
as 5 (forsystem fixed
PBCCH
reserved PbcchBlks blocks
messages
GSM900MS) to sent 0, 1, 2, 3 3 3 3
related
blocks speed
at high rate
and 2 (for
up
and
GSM1800MS).
establishment
low rate. A
In actual
of the uplink
message that
application,
TBF.
is sent
after the at high
After
rate sending
has
parameter is
the
higherchannel
set, priority.
request
This
makeparameter on
a dial
PRACH
must be
test at the cell
is broadcast
message
channel in theto
the MS in the
PRACH
request
PSI1 message.
channel
message tointhe the
This parameter
network.
PRACH
indicates
As PRACH
channel tothe is
the
number
an ALOHA
network. of
fixed
channel,
As PRACH to is
blocks
improve
an ALOHA the
PRACH
PBCCH reservedrate
success
channel, for of
to
reserved PrachBlks 0 ~ 15 2 2 2
related the PRACH
MS access,
improve the the
blocks
channel allows
network
success in
ratetheof
PDCH
MS channel
access, the
that
to bears
send
network
Parameter allows
Interval PCCCH.
multiple
the
used at the MS
Parameter
These blocks
range of channel
MS
side. toItsend
belongs
PBCCH used at the MS 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12,
packet TxInt mustthebe
request
multiple
to 14 14 14
related side. It belongs 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
access identified
messages
channel
PRACH by
control
to the
attempt “USF = FREE”.
before
request
parameters,
PRACH control
itMS can
it is usethe
receives
messages
and
parameters,
this parameter
packet
before
broadcast
Interval and it is=
or the
USF
assignment
receiving
to MSthe in
period of broadcast
PBCCH FREE
message.
packet
the PSI1 to If 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76,
packet S to theout MSthe in 55 55 55
related carry
MS
assignment
message. The 109, 163, 217,s
access the PSI1
PRACH
does
message.
network not get
attempt message.
assignment.
any
When
sets response
a the
level
indicating the
for the
previous
threshold P I (I
maximum
previous
channel
= 1, 2, 3, 4) for
attempts of
MAX channel
request
MS of various
PBCCH MaxRetran random access
Times of request
message
radio priorities. 1, 2, 4, 7 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4
related s allowed on
Attempt message,
is
For each it
not
PRACH for the
can resend
responded,
attempt
System of a MS
MSs with radio
channel
will
packetwaitaccess,
broadcasts for a this
priorities 1 ~ 4.
request
random
MS abstracts
parameter to a
This parameter
message
period
random
MS in SI4, after
tovalue
re-SI6,
Access is an array with
PBCCH waiting
send
R
and with
SI7thefor a
even 4bits;0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
Persist PersistLev 4 elements. 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0
related random period.
channel
distribution
messages. In 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16
Level The first
Interval the
request
probability
addition,
array element
rangethe
message.
from
parameter of set {0,
corresponds to
packet
1… 15}.access
Parameter
information S
maximum
attempt
decides
System
is available is
theused
allows in
Allow number
to determine
random
MS
PSI3 toandwaiting
SOLSA of attempts
Not valid EXC_ACC the timeanlength
time.
initiate
Psi3bis Yes/No No No No
MS to allowed for
ofisrandom
It usedoftoof
attempt
messages
access radio priority 1.
waiting.
calculate
packet
local and Itthe
accessis
the number
minimum
only when
neighboring
8PSK of Idelay
timeslot
P is lower
cells. The
modulating timeslot
number
than
network or equal
uses
Tn7LowerL randomly
between
to R.
Allow two
Not valid power It indicates 8PS 0~50,0.2dB 0 0 0
evel connected.
channel
This
SOLSA parameter
MS to
attenuation
level requests.
is an array
access to with
Both
4 interval
elements.
prevent MS
range
The
from of
first
residing in
packetcell.access
element
the
attempt (TxInt)
corresponds to
andaccess
the Intervaland
period of level
persisting
packet
of radioaccess
priority
attempt (S)
1.
commonly
determine
random access
time.
suggestion value difference scene
dence urban ares/urban ares suburb high speed railway vast coverage indoor coverage
1800M Co-BCCH 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M

1,1,8, 1,1,8, 1,1,8, 1,1,8, 1,1,8, 1,1,8, 1,1,8, 1,1,8, 5,5,8,


8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

1,1,3, 1,1,3, 1,1,3, 1,1,3, 1,1,3, 1,1,3, 1,1,3, 1,1,3, 1,1,3,


3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

10 10 10 10 4 4 10 10 10

10 10 10 10 4 4 10 10 10

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500

1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000


3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
No No No No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No No No No No
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

No No No No No No No No No

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

No No No No No No No No No

61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44 61.44

3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84 3.84

No No No No No No No No No

NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0 NC0


0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48 0.48

EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0 EM0

Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1 Type1

1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920 1920

BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH


Norm Norm Norm Norm Norm Norm Norm Norm Norm

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

RLC/MAC RLC/MAC RLC/MAC RLC/MAC RLC/MAC RLC/MAC RLC/MAC RLC/MAC RLC/MAC


control control control control control control control control control
block block block block block block block block block

Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow


priority priority priority priority priority priority priority priority priority

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

No No No No No No No No No
BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH BCCH

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

No control No control No control No control No control No control No control No control No control

No control No control No control No control No control No control No control No control No control

A A A A A A A A A

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

No No No No No No No No No

Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63

60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

No No No No No No No No No

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14

55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4 4, 4, 4, 4

0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0 0, 0, 0, 0

No No No No No No No No No

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
indoor coverage
1800M

5,5,8,
8

1,1,3,
3

800

10

10

0
1

Yes

2000

1500

1500

32

1000
3

12

10

10

8
No

Yes

No

No

100

No
8

No

No

61.44

61.44

3.84

No

NC0
0.48

EM0

Type1

1920

BCCH
Norm

Yes

RLC/MAC
control
block

Allow
priority

No
BCCH

No control

No control

No

Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes,
Yes
20

10

63

60

50

50

50

No

10

8 bits
0

0
0

No

No

No

No

No

No
12

12

No

No

3
2

14

55

4, 4, 4, 4

0, 0, 0, 0

No

0
Parame suggestion value difference s
dence urban
Parame
ter value range default recomand ares/urban suburb
Category
Name
ter parameter explain &unit value value ares
Code 1800 Co- 1800
(EN) 900M M BCCH 900M M

Dynami DynaH
HR c HR REnabl If this cell supports Yes/No No No YES YES YES No No
dynamic HR.
Enable e
Thresho
ld for When channel occupation
TRX exceeds
When busy this threshold,
HR switche HRThs it will apply fortimeslot
timeslot/general half- 0 ~ 100,%(≥) 60
rate channel directly 60 50 50 50 60 60
d from >= AmrHRThs/100, and to
increaseand
carrier thecell
usersupport
FR to capacity.
AMR
HR AMR, subsequent service
Dynami prefers AMR voice rate.
c HR This threshold value can
AmrHR be
Whenconfigured
HR timeslot on BSC
in theand
HR Conver 0 ~ 100,%(≥) 50 50 50 50 50 60 60
Ths BTS,
cell when "Usertimeslot
/ general cell
sion dynamic HR parameter"
Thresho in the cell <
(UseCellDynHRPara)
HRTsPercentage/100,is the
ld
HR yes, AmrHRThs value
cell can generate new HR
channel configured
channel. by cell will
HRTsP be used, otherwise
percent This
It isparameter
a switch can be
to support
HR ercenta AmrHRThs configured by 0 ~ 100,% (<) 50 50 70 70 70 50 50
age configured
HR channel on
fragBSC and
finishing
ge BSC
BTS. is used.
threshol functions, which can beof
If the proportion
d HR timeslotboth
configured in the
on cell
BSC
is
andlower
BTS. than
According to GSM
Support HRTsPercentage/100 of
HR HRDfra specifications,
Only when both BSC andBSC
intra-BSC
and
BTS BTS,
inter-cell the celland
handover
are enabled, canis
HR channel gSuppo generate Yes/No No No No No No No No
finished new
implemented HR by HRthe
fragschannel.
/ idle
frag rt following
HR channelmethods:
in the cellBSC is
finishing controlled
no more than inter-cell
HRDefragThs,
handover
HR channel
T9113 without
timer MSC
monitors
Inter- involvement.
defragmentation MSCfunction
Cell external handover in the
HO InHoEn controlled
is enabled,
target cell. inter-cell
otherwise it
handov intra-BSC
is disabled.
􀂄 handover
Timer Start: T9113whose Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Related able handover flowwhen
is similar
er timer starts BSC
allowed
External to that
sends of inter-BSC
HANDOVER
handover.
REQUEST ACKThis parameter
message to
handov decides the choice of
er MSC.
method
􀂄 TimerforStop:
inter-cell
T9113
HO protecti intra-BSC 0~
Protecti T9113 timer stophandover.
when BSC Do 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
Related on select ‘No’ for this
receives 300,100ms
ve timein
Timer parameterCOMPLETE
if it ismessage
not
that PO HANDOVER
target necessary.
1 Timer
from MS start:
or CLEAR itCOMMAND
starts
respons
cell when RANCS
message fromsends
MSC.the
es HANDOVER REQUIRED
Overtime
This parameter is message
Action: T9113
timer
HO external to MSC.
timer
rmsT8, stops when BSC
monitoring 50 ~
rmsT7 150 150 150 150 150 150 150
Related handov 2 Timer
sends
external stop:
CLEAR it stops
handover 200,100ms
er when RANCS
REQUEST
process. instance
message to MSC.
complet receives HANDOVER
1 Timer start: COMMAND
rmsT8
ion response
starts fromhandover
after MSC.
External In micro-micro handover
messag
handov command
control,is a sent
delayin Serve
time
HO e state
value while RANCS (the
is required 50 ~
er rmsT8 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Related instance shallTimer
timer value). be 650,100ms
protecti handovered externally.
on time Start: relevant timer
2 Timerinstantly
starts stop: rmsT8 whentimer
a
stops if
call enters RANCS instance
aprotection
micro cell.
Time of Timer
receivesT3121,
HO COMCLEAR CMD
Micro- Timerafter
time Stop:sending
relevant inter-
HO (handover
timer stops success) itor UM
whenhandover 50 ~
Micro Tmicro system
HO FAIL to utran
(handover 80 50 50 50 50 50 50
Related reaches (UM)
command the set value.
to UE. 200,100ms
handov failed).
Existing call can
er delay 1 Timer Start: Theusetimer
neighboring
starts micro
whenindicates
BSC cell in
sends
Handov This timer
the same layerto only the
when
er "inter-system
time period utran
for internal
the timer
This stops.
parameter
handover command" In this
message
protecti handover
way, process
it could
(PriThreshold) of BSC.
prevent
uses the
HO rmsT31 to
1 MS.
Timer Start: The timer 1~
ng timer fast moving
service of mobiles
preferred 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Related 21 2 Timer
starts stop:
when BSCthe timer
sends 650,100ms
to staying
access
stops in high-priority
for
when the receives
BSC micro cell
WCDM HANDOVER
subscriber, COMMAND
layer. COMMAND" message
thatmessage
is eMLPP
"CLEAR
to MS.
A/FDD
Handov service,
from MSC the"HANDOVER
or system may
2
setTimer Stop:
some reserved The timer
er FAILURE"
suspends message
when BSCfromonlyMS.
channels
3 Overtime (currently,
Action: If
HO period rmsT31 receives
full timer HANDOVER
rate TCH channels 0~
this is overtime, 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
Related of 03 COMPLETE
are will message
supported to on
be athenew 300,100ms
BSC
channel send
or CLEAR
HANDOVER
source reserved
REQUEST channels).
message to MSC.
cell FAILURE
When CS message
instanceon an old
calls
channel
databasefrom MS. for
to apply
3 Overtimethe
channels, Action: If the
User PriThre timer is overtime, the
subscriber's
eMLPP BSC will send a CLEAR 1 ~ 15 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Priority shold PriorityLevel information
REQUEST
reaches message to MSC,
to database, and
and the new channel
is compared with is
released.
PriThreshold in the
database and BSC table.
When If PriorityLevel <=
PriThreshold (the less
the subscriber's priority
level value, the higher
the priority level, that
is the subscriber's
priority level is not
lower than PriThreshold
Reserv
ed RsvCha The selection order of
eMLPP reserved channel and non- Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Channe nFirst reserved channel
l First

eMLPP When using high priority


channel EMLPP user to access service,
eMLPP that
When is, EMLPP service,
attempting oriented 0 ~ 100,%(≥) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Reserv Ths the system may configure
ed time retry, if target cell has
certain remained channels
not been gained through
inspection, you shall
Waiting configure rmsT16 to wait
time for for receiving measurement 20 ~
DR rmsT16 report, and then check if 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
oriented oriented retry is 60,100ms
retry conducted at target cell
after rmsT16 is timeout.
Send This process can be
assign ExDRS It repeated for if
describes several
external
DR ment times.
endAss redirection allows Yes/No No No No No No No No
failure Fail assignment failure.
allowed
This parameter is one of
Coding/ TFO control parameters,
decodin to describe if
g type TFOCo coding/decoding type can
TFO Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
optimiz ntrol_1 be optimized. 0
ation represents NO, 1 for Yes.
enable 0:
Thisdisable;
parameter is one of
Coding/ 1:
TFOenable.
control parameters,
decodin to describe if unmatched
g type TFOCo coding/decoding type can
TFO Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
unmatc ntrol_2 This
not be solved.
timer 0
indicates the
hed represents
time periodNO,for1 for Yes.
enable 0:
Thisdisable;
assignment period
parameter is and
one of
1:
TFOenable.
internal handover
control of a
parameters,
AMR cell..
to describe if it is AMR Support,don't don't support
Optimiz TFOCo 1 Timer Start:
optimization The timer
mode.
TFO support ACS ACS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ation ntrol_3 starts
0: don'twhen BSC sends
support ACS
RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT
variations; variations variations
Mode
COMMAND message
1: support ACS to MS.
2 Timer Stop: The timer
variations.
stops when BSC receives
Assign
Assignme rmsT31 RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT 0~
ment COMPLETE message or 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
nt 07 RIL3_RR ASSIGNMENT 300,100ms
period
FAILURE message.
3 Overtime
When Action:the
implementing If CS
this time is overtime, in Not specify Half Half Half Half Half
Preferre channel allocation the preferred - - - - -
d PreferS the casedescribe
policy, of assignment,
the Not specify
version, Half-
AMR speech peechV the formerhalf-rate
preferred and new the preferred Half-rate rate rate rate rate rate
channel will be released; rate version 1, version 1 vers vers vers vers vers
version er speech version. Halfrate version
in the case
version of cell
1 refers to HR, Half-rate ion ion ion ion ion
(half) internal handover, theCS 1 1 1 1 1
When implementing
and version 3 for theAMR. version
Not 3
specify
BSC
The will send
threshold a
of
channel allocation CLEAR
changing
Preferre REQUEST the preferred full full full full full
AMR modemessage
includes toseven
the
d PreferS policy,
MSC.
factors:
it describe
AmrThresholds1,
the version, Full- Not specify - - - - -
AMR preferred
speech peechV AmrThresholds2, full-rate voice rate version 1, the preferred full-rate
rate rate rate rate rate
version. Full-rate version 2
version er AmrThresholds3,
The code1has
version 8 bits.
refers The
to FR, full-rate version vers vers vers vers vers
(full) AmrThresholds4,
code has28for
version bits.
EFR, Bit 8:
and version 2, full- ion
N、 ion
N、 ion
N、 ion
N、 ion
N、
AmrThresholds5,
12.2 kbps;
version BitAMR.
3 for 7: 10.2 4.75kbit/s,5.1
rate version 3 2 2 2 2 2
Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
AMR AmrThresholds6,
kbps; Bit 6: 7.95 kbps; 5kbit/s,5.90kbi
N、 N、 N、 N、 N、
full AmrThresholds7.
5: 6.70 kbpsAlso, the t/s,6.70kbit/s,7 N、Y、N、 N、Y、N、
AmrFull Bit
following
... Bit
restricted Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
AMR Active 2: 5.15
The kbps;
hysteresis Bit
of 1: 4.75 .4kbit/s,7.95kb Y、N、Y、 Y、N、Y、
Acs conditions
kbps. ‘Yes’ shall be met:
represents N、 N、 N、 N、 N、
Codec changing AMR mode it/s,10.2kbit/s, N、Y N、Y
AmrThresholds1
‘1’ andseven‘No’=< Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
Set includes factors: 12.2kbit/s
0~63,0~63
AmrThresholds2
represents ‘0’.
AmrHysteresis1, =< Default N、 N、 N、 N、 N、
AmrThresholds3
code is 10101010 =<(that is ,0~63,0~6 6,9
Y 6,9
Y 6,9
Y 6,9
Y 6,9
Y
AmrHysteresis2, 3,0~63,0~ ,13 ,13 ,13 ,13 ,13
Thresho AmrThresholds4
170).
AmrHysteresis3, =< 6,9,13, 6,9,13,
AmrThr AmrThresholds5
AmrHysteresis4,=< 63,0~63; ,18 ,18 ,18 ,18 ,18
AMR lds of 18,24,31 18,24,31
esholds AmrThresholds6=<
AmrHysteresis5, 0: 0.0 dB,1: ,24 ,24 ,24 ,24 ,24
AMR AmrThresholds7, ,39 ,39
AmrHysteresis6, 0.5 dB,2: 1.0 ,31 ,31 ,31 ,31 ,31
AmrThresholds1
AmrHysteresis7. Also, the 0~15,0~15
dB,……,63: ,39 ,39 ,39 ,39 ,39
+AmrHysteresis1
following restricted =< ,0~15,0~1
31.5 dB 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4
AmrThresholds2
conditions shall be met: 5,0~15,0~ ,3 ,3 ,3 ,3 ,3
Hystere
AmrHys +AmrHysteresis2
AmrThresholds1 +=< 15,0~15; 3,4,3,5 3,4,3,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5
AMR sis of AmrThresholds3 +
teresis AmrHysteresis1 =< 0: 0.0 dB,1: ,5,5,6 ,5,5,6 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5
AMR AmrHysteresis3
AmrThresholds2 =< +
AmrThresholds4 0.5 dB,2: 1.0 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5
AmrHysteresis2 + =< dB,……,15: ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6
AmrHysteresis4
AmrThresholds3 =< +
AmrThresholds5 7.5 dB Start Start Start Start Start
AmrHysteresis3 =<
Initial +AmrHysteresis5 =< Startmode mod mod mod mod mod
IsAmrIC AmrThresholds4
Use the coding +
AmrThresholds6 mode
+ Startmode Startmode
AMR codec AmrHysteresis4 =< codec, Initial e e e e e
M specified by Startmode
AmrHysteresis6 codec codec
mode AmrThresholds5 =< + codec mode code code code code code
AmrThresholds7
AmrHysteresis5 + =< c c c c c
AmrHysteresis7
AmrThresholds6 +
AmrHysteresis6 =<
AmrThresholds7 +
AmrHysteresis7
8 elements in "AMR full
Active Codec Set 2: Select the
(AmrFullAcs)" interface, coding mode
value range is 1~2; with the
4 When seven values are second lowest
configured as "No" within bit rate, if
8 elements in "AMR full there is more
Active Codec Set than one
Startmo (AmrFullAcs)" interface, coding mode;
de AmrSta value range is 1; 3: Select the
AMR 5 When all values are 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
codec rtMode configured as8"No" for 8 coding mode
mode The threshold
code has of changing
bits. Bit with the third
elements
AMR mode
6~ Bit 8:in "AMR full
includes
reserved; four
Bit
Active lowest bit rate,
5: 7.40Codec
factors: Set
AmrThresholds1,
kbps; Bit 4: 6.70 N、 N、 N、 N、 N、
AMR (AmrFullAcs)"
AmrThresholds2,
kbps ... Bit 2: interface,
5.15 if there is
4.75kbit/s,5.1
value range is null; more than two Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
Half AmrThresholds3,
kbps; Bit 1: 4.75 kbps. 5kbit/s,5.90kbi
AmrHalf The values
AmrThresholds4,are as coding N、Y、Y、Y N、Y、Y、Y Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
AMR Active ‘Yes’ represents ‘1’ t/s,6.70kbit/s,7
Acs follows:
AmrThresholds5.
and ‘No’ represents Also, the modes; 、Y、N 、Y、N Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
Codec .4kbit/s,7.95kb
1: Select
following
‘0’. Fourthe coding
restricted
coding mode
modes 4: Select the Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
Set with lowest bit rate as it/s
conditions
could
The be set
hysteresisshall
atof be met:
the most. 0~63,0~63
coding mode N N N N N
the initial
AmrThresholds1
Default code coding
is=< mode.
00011110
changing
2: Select AMR mode
the coding mode with the fourth
,0~63,0~6 22, 22, 22, 22, 22,
Thresho AmrThresholds2
(that
includesis 30). =< 3,0~63;
lowest bit rate, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25,
AmrThr with the five
second
AmrThresholds3
factors:
=<lowest 22,25,29 22,25,29
AMR lds of AmrHysteresis1,
bit rate, if there 0: 0.0 dB,1:
if there are 29, 29, 29, 29, 29,
esholds AmrThresholds4
AmrHysteresis2, =< is ,34,40 ,34,40
AMR more than one coding
AmrThresholds5 0.5
more dB,2:
than1.0 34, 34, 34, 34, 34,
AmrHysteresis3,
mode. dB,……,63:
three coding 40 40 40 40 40
AmrThresholds1 +and
AmrHysteresis4, 1: Select
3: Select the coding
AmrHysteresis1 =< mode 31.5
modes. dB the
0~15,0~15
AmrHysteresis5.
with the third lowestAlso, the
bit coding
,0~15,0~1 mode
AmrThresholds2
following +
restricted 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5
Hystere rate, if there is
AmrHysteresis2 =<bemore with lowest bit
5,0~15;
AmrHys conditions
than shall
two coding+modes. met: 4,5,5,6 4,5,5,6 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5
AMR sis of AmrThresholds3 rate
0: 0.0asdB,1:
the
teresis AmrThresholds1
4: +
Select the coding mode ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6
AMR AmrHysteresis3
AmrHysteresis1 =<
=< initial coding
0.5 dB,2: 1.0
with the fourth
AmrThresholds4 + +lowest ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6
AmrThresholds2 mode;
dB,……,15:
bit rate, if there
AmrHysteresis4 =< are 2:
7.5Select
dB the
AmrHysteresis2
The
more values are =<
than three as
AmrThresholds5
AmrThresholds3 +coding
+ coding mode Start Start Start Start Start
Initial follows:
modes.
AmrHysteresis5 =< Startmode mod mod mod mod mod
IsAmrlC AmrHysteresis3
1:
UseSelect the coding
the coding mode mode with the Startmode Startmode
AMR codec AmrThresholds4
with lowest +rate as codec,
secondInitial
lowest e e e e e
M specified bybit
Startmode codec codec
mode AmrHysteresis4
the initial coding =< mode. codec
bit rate,mode
if code code code code code
AmrThresholds5
2: Select the coding+ mode there is more c c c c c
AmrHysteresis5
with the second lowest than one
Startmo bit rate, if there is coding mode;
de AmrSta more than one coding 3: Select the
AMR mode. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
codec rtMode 3: Select the coding mode coding mode
mode This
with parameter
the third defines
lowest bit if with the third
AMR
rate,noise control
if there is is
more lowest bit rate,
enabled,
than two that
coding is, to
modes. if there is
Enable suppress
4: Selectbackground
the codingnoisemode more than two
IsAmrN and
withkeep
the original voice
fourth lowest coding
AMR noise True/False 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
scb quality.
bit rate, if there are modes;
control No:
moreEnable
This parameternoise
than three coding if
defines 4: Select the
suppression;
modes.
AMR noise control is
Yes: Disable coding mode
enabled, thatnoise
is, to with the fourth
suppression;
suppress background noise
Enable lowest bit rate,
IsAmrN and keep original voice
AMR noise True/False
if there are 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
scb quality.
control Timer that is
No: Enable waiting for
noise more than
disconnecting
suppression; and three coding
disabling
Yes: Disable BTSnoise
during modes.
Timer dynamic channelis timer
suppression;
This parameter
for CcmWa conversion.
T9101, supervising the 45 ~
Timer Start if CCM
reception of starts
RLSD. 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
CCM itTimer channel 55,100ms
waiting 1 Timer conversion,
start condition:stop
if
T9101 starts successive
receiving when BSC
module
sends theand“BSSAP
BTS response,
CLEAR
RLSD and send message
messag COMPLETE” messagetotoBTS
again
This if timeout.
MSC. parameter is timer
e T9103, 20 ~
Timer T9101 2 Timermonitoring channel
stop condition: 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
receive activation
T9101 stopsprocess.
when the RLSD 50,100ms
protecti 1 Timer Start:
message from MSC T9103
is
on timer timer starts when BSC
received.
Channe This
sends parameter
CHANNEL
3 Overtime is rmsT1
ACTIVATION
Action: If
l timer.
message It
this timer toindicates
BTS.
is overtime,
activatio rmsT91 This
2
BSC parameter
protection
Timer
willStop: is
waiting T13
RLSD time
send T9103 timer
Timer timer.
for MS It supervises
access during BTS 20,100ms 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
n 03 suspends
message when
to BSC SCCP
release
protecti and MS
receives modes
assignment
connection. or modification
CHANNELhandover,
process.
after Mode
channel
ACTIVATION ACKactivation
or CHANNEL
on timer modification refers to
process.
ACTIVATION NACK message.
Protecti modify
1 Timer channel
start
3 Overtime Action: mode. IfWhen
condition:
ve time there
The is not
thisdestination
timer isSDCCH and
channel
overtime,
FACCH is allocated, new 0~
Timer waiting rmsT1 receives
BSC will the
send“CHL
RF CHANNEL 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
channel 300,100ms
for RELEASE is
ACITIVATION not
ACK”
message allocated
tomessage
BTS
access after assignment,
and sends the “RADIObut
modify the modes.
AVAILABLE” message to
Mode 1
theTimer
sourcestart condition:
channel.
modific When
2
This BSC
Timer
timer sends
stop: the
In MS“MODE
indicates the
MODIFY”
access,
time period message
the to BTS
destination
for the 35 ~
Timer ation rmsT13 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
and sends
channel the
receives
instant assigning “CHANNEL
the 100,100ms
process MODE MODIFY”COM” message
“ASSIGNMENT
process. or to
time MS.
“HANDOVER COM”The message.
1 Timer Start: timer
2 Timerwhen
starts stopBSCcondition:
sends
Immedi When BSC receives the
ate IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
rmsT31 “MODE
COMMANDMODIFY
message.ACK/NACK” 10 ~
Timer assign message 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
01 2 Timer from
Stop:BTSTheand
timerthe 50,100ms
ment “CHANNEL
stops whenMODE BSC MODIFY”
receives
period message
ESTABLISH from MS.
INDICATION
3 Overtime Action: If the
message.
timer is overtime,
3 Overtime Action: theIf the
BSC
timerwill
is send BSSAPthe
overtime,
ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
BSC will send CHANNEL
message
RELEASE to MSC. to BTS.
message
This timer supervises the
channel release process.
1 Timer Start: The timer
starts when BSC sends
RIL3_RR CHANNEL RELEASE
After releasing the UM
message
interface toradio
MS. link
Channe 2
layer, in order totimer
Timer Stop: The make
l rmsT31 stops when
sure the BSC receives
radio link is 0~
Timer 50 320 320 320 320 320 320
release 09 RELEASE INDICATION
disconnected, BSC sets a 400,100ms
period message
period of from BTS (when
protection time
BTS receives DISC frame
rmsT3111.
from MS).
Releases the wireless
Channe 3 Overtime
l channel andAction: If
deactivates
rmsT31 this
it timer
after is overtime,
rmsT3111 timer
Timer deactiv
Availabl Thiswill
BSC parameter is T15
send CHANNEL 1 ~ 5,100ms 3 12 3 3 3 3 3
11 stops.
timer.
ation
e time RELEASE
1 message to MS.
delay 1 Timer start: rmsT3111
Timer start: When the
to wait timer starts when BSC
target instance decides
for receives RELEASEit will
forced release,
resourc INDICATION message.
send the "PREEMPT APPLY"
es by RMST1 2
toOvertime Action:
the released If
object.
Timer rmsT3111 timer is 10~50,100ms 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
the 5 2 Timer stop: The target
overtime, the BSC will
instance receives the
target send RF CHANNEL RELEASE
instanc "RESOURCE AVAILABLE"
message
This to BTS.
parameter is a
message from the released
e in
switch
object,to support multi
indicating that
forced
Support PLMN, to determine
MultiPLM MPLMN the resources are
release
Multi whether
available.multi PLMNs are Yes/No No - - - - -
N Support supported. One iBSC can
PLMN
support up to 16
operators.
Support
BTS of
MultiPLM different InterNet Support handover between
the cells with different Yes/No No - - - - -
N net HO net
handov
er
This parameter is a
switch to support FLEX A,
Not RF Support FlexAS to determine whether
Yes/No No - - - - -
related FLEX A upport FlexA function is
supported. One iBSC can
support up to 16 MSCs.
This parameter is a
Support FLEXG switch to support FLEX
Not RF
FLEX BSuppo GB, to determine whether Yes/No No - - - - -
related Flex parameter
This GB function
isis
a
GB rt supported. One iBSC canto
switch to support MSP,
support upwhether
determine to 16 SGSNs.
MSP
function is supported.
One signaling point can
Not RF MSP MSPSu configure up to 16 links.
Yes/No No - - - - -
related Support pport To have more bandwidth at
port A and implement
multi-signaling point
function, you can
configure more links at
Support
Not RF GESup port A.to support GE
Switch
GE Yes/No No - - - - -
related port platform
platform

Switch to support outer


Not RF Is TC Inner and 需要依据现
TCType TC function, which can Inner TC 网实际情况 - - - - -
related Type not be modified after outer TC 来进行配置
configuration.

Report VoiceQ 需要依据现


Not RF
voice ualityRe Determine whether voice Yes/No No 网实际情况 - - - - -
related quality is reported 来进行配置
quality port
Confusion message is
Send bidirectional. If the
confusi received message could
Not RF on Confusi not be processed properly 需要依据现
for some reason, and Yes/No No 网实际情况 - - - - -
related messag onMsg there is no other proper 来进行配置
e fault message to send,
allowed the system will send
confusion message.
Character
Not RF User This interface is string with the
- - - - - - -
related Label identified by the user. maximum
length of 40

MCC consists of three


Mobile digits of decimal number.
Not RF It is used to uniquely
Country MCC 0 ~ 999 460 - - - - -
related identify the home country
Code of the mobile user (or
system).
The
max For mobile network code,
Not RF length MNC3D the user can select 2 Digits, 3
whether supporting 2 or 3 When 2 digits - - - - -
related to igits digits MNC, which is not Digits
support MNC3Digits is
modifiable on creation. selected as 2
MNC
MNC consists of three digits, MNC
digits of decimal number. value will be
Mobile
Not RF It uniquely identifies a 0~99;
Networ MNC 0 - - - - -
related specific PLMN network in When
k Code a country (determined by MNC3Digits is
MCC).
MAC address of OMP board, selected as 34
Input IP with
default
OMP board isis used as the digits, MNC
bytes,
0.208.208.161.0.254.
IP address to establish If 0 a value will be
xxx.xxx.xxx.xx
Not RF OMP_I is filled
link. This in, MAC address
parameter 0~999.
OMP IP for OMP is generated x (xxx is 129.0.31.1 - - - - -
related P shall be consistent with
based on default
O&M board IP 0~255), x is
foreground
configuration. rule, which is decimal
0.208.208.161.0.BUREAUNO. number.
In single OS environment, xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.
xx. xx is
Not RF OMP OMP_ youIt is can
theuse default
subnet mask of 00 00 00 00
value,
the OMPno IPfurther
address. setting hexadecimal - - - - -
related MAC MAC required; but for 00 00
In single OS environment, number, value
multiple
you can use OS environment
default range is 0~F.
(such
value,as noin a lab),
further setting Input IP with 4
default
required; but may
value for cause bytes,
OMC conflict (multiple
multiple OS environment OS xxx.xxx.xxx.xx
Not RF environment
subnet Info4 (such as in refers
a lab),to the x (xxx is 255.0.0.0 - - - - -
related environment
default value with
mayabove
cause2
mask 0~255), x is
OS environment
Infor5
conflict is(multiple
the IP connected
address
OS
to a same HUB, so address decimal
of gateway
environment from OMP
refers totothe Input
number.IP with 4
conflict
iOMCR. may be caused).
environment with above 2 bytes,
OMC This parameter can
OS environment be
connected xxx.xxx.xxx.xx
Not RF kept
to a unchanged,
same HUB, so default
address
Gatewa Info5 Info6 is ok.the Only
IP caused).
address x (xxx is 0.0.0.0 - - - - -
related value
conflict may be when
y that iOMCR
other access uses to be
shall setup 0~255), x is
link withby
shielded OMP.
setting decimal
This parameter
gateway, user can can be Input
number.IP with 4
kept unchanged.
configure it. If bytes,
OMC configuring it, it shall xxx.xxx.xxx.xx
Not RF
SERVE Info6 be consistent with IP x (xxx is 0.0.0.0 - - - - -
related address of userdefined-
R IP 0~255), x is
zxgsmomcr-ftpip = *.*.*.* decimal
in deploy- Input
number.IP with 4
OMCB IP address
gsmomcr001_properties in bytes,
Not required
background normally,
Server, that xxx.xxx.xxx.xx
Not RF OMCB default value
is, cell address. is ok. When
- x (xxx is 0.0.0.0 - - - - -
related IP site connected with BSC
is SDR, 0~255), x is
Type of user shallpoint
signaling decimal
configure
is selected it.according to
actual network condition, number.
CTCN,CMCN,
which is consistent
The network type with CUCN,RLTN,
Not RF Net the demands
belonging toat MSCoffice
this side.
Net Normal equipment is the CNC,NFTN,N CTCN - - - - -
related Type is defined by users on
signaling
demands. node, such as etwork7,Netw
BSC and MSC. If ork8.
Signaling End
application at upper Point (SEP),
layer of signaling Signaling
exists, signal is not Signaling
Not RF SP Transit Point
SpType transitted. Signaling End Point - - - - -
related Type transit point (STP) is (STP),
(SEP)
used to aggregated and Signaling
forwarded. The equipment Transit End
It is used to
integrated withdetermine
SEP and Point (STEP)
whether the signaling
STEP functions is STEP.
Not RF Restart
Restart point
For peerrestart
office,function
select Yes/No Yes - - - - -
related Flag shall
SEP; forbe enabled.
signaling
Not required
transit point, normally,
select
default
STP;
It isfor value
both by
defined is
peer ok.
office
the
and signaling
customer and settransit
point, select
according STEP.
to the network
Not RF Office Bureau configuration, keeping
1 ~ 253 1 - - - - -
related Code No different in whole
topology tree, which
can't be modified after
creation.
Signalin
g point
Not RF stpT18, Restart time when local
restart 0 ~ 65535,ms 10000 - - - - -
related ms signaling pint is STP
time as
STP
Test code functions as
link test, MTP sends test
message (with test code)
Not RF Test TestCo timely to verify No more than
- - - - - -
related code de availability of the link, 15 characters.
and you shall use same
test code while
responding to the office.
If CPU occupancy exceeds
this threshold, signaling
CPU trace is automatically
Not RF enabled to analyze
Thread Info2 0 ~ 100,% 50 - - - - -
related network,
Depend onmainly including
the actual
Tracing MTP and SCCP signaling
configuration of the
trace,
users. excluding
Alarm signaling
value of It is the trace
alarm at Abis.
value of
commu communication flux of
Not RF 1~13107200,
nicate Info16 module control. If actual 1048576 - - - - -
related communication flux Byte
flux of exceeds configured value,
module Identify BSCalarm.
it triggers geographical
control longitude (longitude
Default value in
is 1M Byte,
BSC
and managed
you don'telement
modify it
Not RF Longitu Longitu parameter
normally. is not -180.0000 ~
synchronized to 180 - - - - -
related de de foreground, and property 180.0000
of BSC global resource
Identify BSC geographical
may be synchronized to
latitude (latitude in BSC
foreground).
managed element parameter
Not RF -90.0000 ~
Latitude Latitude is not synchronized to 90 - - - - -
related foreground, and property 90.0000
of BSC global resource
may be synchronized to
foreground).
SNTP BSC periodically performs 16000 ~
Not RF
SYNC Info10 time synchronization with 1800000 - - - - -
related the server by SNTP. 16284000,ms
cycle
Input IP with 4
It is IP address of SNTP bytes,
SNTP server. It synchronizes xxx.xxx.xxx.xx
Not RF
Server Info9 the clock of each NE. Not x (xxx is 129.0.31.1 - - - - -
related required normally,
Address 0~255), x is
default value is ok. decimal
number.
It is Greenwich Mean Time
Global GlobalT (GMT), configured
Not RF All valid time
time imeZon according to the local GMT+08:00 - - - - -
related time zone, and China is zone
zone e
GMT + 08:00.

Defined according to user


Summe Summe requirement. If summer
Not RF
r time rTimeFl time system is used at Yes/No No - - - - -
related local, select Yes,
flag ag
otherwise select No.

Month: 1 ~
Summe Summe Set the time to enable 12;Day: 1 ~
Not RF
r Start rStartTi summer time in local 31;Time: 0 ~ 1, 1, 0, 0 - - - - -
related based on user demands.
Time me 23;Minute: 0 ~
59.
Month: 1 ~
Summe Summe Set the time to disable 12;Day: 1 ~
Not RF
r End rEndTi summer time in local 31;Time: 0 ~ 1, 1, 0, 0 - - - - -
related based on user demands.
Time me 23;Minute: 0 ~
Timer for MSG Waiting on 59.
RanAWorker process.
Timer RanAWorker process is the
Not RF for TWaitM working process of RANA
module. Start if RANA 5 ~ 20,100ms 20 - - - - -
related MSG sg instance for
is created, stop
Waiting Interval RanAWorker
if message
process is received,
waiting for RANCS
and instance
process is released
responding
Timer if timeout.
for ClearCom. RanAWorker
TWaitR process is the working
Not RF RANCS 10 ~
ancsCle process
Time to ofwaitRANA
formodule.
RANCS 30 - - - - -
related CLECO Start ifapplying
sending clear 30,100ms
Com process for
M command to RANCS, stop if
waiting resource protection.
receiving RANCS
RANCS process is to response,
Timer and continue
process releaseThis
CS service.
for process
This
timer is if timeout.
parameter
started isif
T9104
RANA
Not RF TWaitR timer. It supervises 10 ~
RANCS receives external 100 - - - - -
related ancsEst handover
CLEAR COMMAND from
request andMSC. 100,100ms
EST
Waiting 1 Timer Start:
applying T9104 from
for channel
timer
RANCS;starts
stop if when BSC
receiving
MSC sends
RANCS a CLEAR REQUEST
response, and fail
clear message
to send to MSC. to
handover
Not RF comma 20 ~
T9104 2 Timer Stop:
interface A ifT9104 timer
timeout. 30 - - - - -
related nd suspends when BSC 50,100ms
protecti receives CLEAR COMMAND
on timer message from MSC.
3 Overtime Action: If
this timer is overtime,
CLEAR REQUEST message
will be resent (four
times at the most).
This parameter is T9105
timer, monitoring SCCP
connection process.
1 Timer Start: T9105
timer starts when BSC
sends BSSAP
SCCP_CONNECTION_REQ
SCCP message to MSC.is T2
This parameter
Not RF Connec 20 ~
T9105 2 Timer Stop: T9105
timer. 30 - - - - -
related tion suspends
1 Timer startwhen BSC
condition: 60,100ms
Timer receives
The new channel sends the
SCCP_CONNECTION_CONFIRM”
“RADIO APPLY” message.
/”SCCP_CONNECTION_REFUSE
2 Timer stop: Channel
Protecti D message.
on time request succeeds and the
Not RF 3 Overtime Action: Ifthe 20 ~
for rmsT2 thischannel
new
timer
receives
is overtime, 40 - - - - -
related “RADIO
Thiswill AVAILABLE”
parameter is T3 50,100ms
channel BSC
message; send
or the CHANNEL
channel
request timer.
RELEASE message tothe
MS.
request
This fails
1 Timer start: is
parameter and timer
RANCS
Protecti “RADIO UNAVAILABLE”
on time T5, used to supervise
instance sends "ESTABLISH
message
IND" to is
modification
RANA received;
process
instance. or
of
for link the “RAIO
encryption PROCEEDING”
mode, that is,
Not RF 2 Timer stop: RANCS 30 ~
establis rmsT3 the
message
timer is received
that waits in
for 60 - - - - -
related instance receives the 100,100ms
hment queuing.
MS response
"CONNECT after
CONF" sent by
respons configuring
RANA instance, radioor the
e
Encrypti encryption
"CONNECT FAIL" mode. when RANA
on 1 Timer Start:
fails to establish T5 timer
the
Timer
starts
link. T6 supervises
when BSC link
receives
Not RF mode 30 ~
rmsT5 establishment
CIPHER MODE COMMAND of SAPI3. 100 - - - - -
related modific 1 Timer start:
message from MSC. timer T6 120,100ms
ation starts
2 TimerwhenStop: BSCT5receives
timer
time the DTAP (SAPI
suspends when BSC = 3)
SAPI3 message
receivesfrom CIPHERMSCMODE
and
link there
COMPLETEis no SAPI3from
message link. MS.
Not RF 10 ~
establis rmsT6 2 3 Timer
Overtimestop: timerIf
Action: T6 100 - - - - -
related stops when BSC
this timer receives
is overtime, 300,100ms
hment This
the parameter is T9
BSC ESTABLISH
will send CONFIRM
BSSAP
time timer.
message
CIPHER MODEfromREJECT
BTS.
1
3 Timer
Overtime
message start:
MSC.T9 starts
to action: When
Protecti when
timerRF T6CHANNEL
expires, RELEASE
the
ve time is sentSAPI"n"
BSSMAP to BTS whenREJECT RANCS
Not RF 10 ~
for RF rmsT9 Thismessageparameter
instance will beis
is released. T12to
sent 20 - - - - -
related timer.
2 Timer stop: T9 stops 50,100ms
channel MSC.
release 1 Timer
when Start:
RANCS T12 timer
instance
Acknow starts
receives periodically
RF CHANNEL when
ledgme RANCS
RELEASE receives
ACKNOWLEDGECONNECT
nt CONF message
response fromfrom
BTS.RANA.
Not RF 50 ~
interval rmsT12 Timer decides to perform 50 - - - - -
related activity check at peer 18000,100ms
for end. Laterly, it is
periodic periodical start.
status Connection
2 Timer Stop: delay
T12timer.
timer
Continu This
stopstimer
when is used
RANCS to
instance
e Timer TMode wait for connection
receives RELEASE TYPE
Not RF
for Modify finished
message. after sending 50~70,100ms 50 - - - - -
related connection request,
mode
Protecti Conn
modify
ng time including Abis connection
and TC connection.
protection timer
of FUC This parameter isfor
T1
respons system
timer. message
BSS broadcast
Not RF e to to wait for
BcProte blocks/unblocks athe response 30~100,100m
of FUC. FUC response
terrestrial circuit and is 50 - - - - -
related system ct used s
messag sendsto ensure BTS
BLOCK/UNBLOCK
correctly
message toreceives
MSC due system
to
e message.
various reasons (such as
broadca 0; equipment
Blockin
st
Not RF g/unblo failure/recovery; radio 30 ~
T1 This parameter is T4
resources 80 - - - - -
related cking timer, monitoring the
unavailable/available). 150,100ms
period BSSAP
T1 timerRESETsetsmessage
the time sent
from BSC to
interval MSC.
between
1 Timer start
BLOCK/UNBLOCK
The maximum condition:
ACKNOWLEDGE
allowable
Global T4 starts
message sentwhen a global
from MSCBSCto
resets to BSC. After
Not RF Resettin resetting
BSC and
sends the occursRESET
BLOCK/UNBLOCK
BSSAP in BSC. 60 ~
T4 100 - - - - -
related g 2 Timer to
message.
message stop
T1MSC,
iscondition:
used to
if BSSAP 150,100ms
Period The “BSSAP
identify
RESET it RESET
duringmessage
ACKNOWLEDGE this
ACKNOWLEDGE”
period.
fails to message
from MSC
reach BSCis received.
from MSC within
BSC This parameter
3 Timeout action: is T13
If T4
BSCMa GSM-specified
timer, which
expires, BSC
T4atime
is
will repeat
Not RF Max
xReset interval,
protection
the whole
the
timeresetting
process.period 1 ~ 255 3 - - - - -
related Reset will
for a be repeated.
local call clearing
Num BSSAP RESET message
Num process.
repeats
1 Timer up to NT13
Start: times.
timer
Protecti MSC ends theBSCreset
ve starts when
If BSC SCCP receives
connection is
process
BSSAP and
HANDOVER notifies
COMMAND OMS
period abnormal
incase ofwhile the from
no reply
Not RF message.
circuits 30 ~
related
for T13 BSC
2 aftermust be released
N times. N 60,100ms
40 - - - - -
global toTimer
idle Stop:
depends status,
on this
T13BSStimer
will
suspends when SCCP
send the “BSSAP CIRCUIT
resettin parameter.
receives a SSP/SPI
g RESET” message to MSC
message.
and start T19. After MSC
Circuit 3 Overtime Action: If it
resettin receives this message,
Not RF this
will timer
release isthe
overtime, 30 ~
g period T19 BSS will send BSSAP RESET 80 - - - - -
related corresponding services 150,100ms
on BSS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
and the circuitsmessage to the
side to
idleMSC.
status and send the
“BSSAP CIRCUIT RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE” message to
BSC. T19 timer stops when
MSC receives RESET
CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE
message from BSC.
For some reasons (0;
intervention; equipment
fault/recovery; radio
resources
This timer is configured
unavailable/available),
to prevent from signal
Circuit BSS will block a group of
group instantaneous
terrestrial
disconnection circuits,
and wrong
Not RF blocking then send the “BSSAP
actions. 30 ~
T20 80 - - - - -
related /unbloc CIRCIUIT GROUP
If disconnection duration 150,100ms
king BLOCK/UNBLOCK” message
of no.7 link exceeds
Protecti
Period to MSC.
timer After receiving
protective time,
ve time this
globalmessage, MSCis
resetting will
for No7 send the “BSSAP CIRCIUIT
issued. If no signaling
Not RF signal GROUP
point BLOCK/UNBLOCK
reachable event is 10 ~
T3 ACKNOWKEDGE” message 100 - - - - -
related instanta received during delay to 200,100ms
BSS for
time, no.7notification.
link is
neous
disconn considered as
Ater
ection disconnection and global
wait This parameter
resetting describes
process begins;
Not RF SCCP TAterW SCCP CONNECT CONFIRM
if reachable signaling
message
point isused to wait
received for
during 5 ~ 20, 100ms 15 - - - - -
related connect aitConn iTC after iBSC configures
delay time, no.7 link is
ion this timer.as
considered
timer instantaneous
This parameter describes
disconnection.
Ater RESOURCE REQUEST
Not RF wait TWaitAt ACKNOWLEDGE message used 10 ~ 30,
20 - - - - -
related resourc erRes to wait for iTC after 100ms
e timer iBSC configures this
timer.
Ater This parameter describes
wait RESOURCE RELEASE
Not RF resourc TAterW ACKNOWLEDGE message used 20~50, 100ms 20 - - - - -
related e aitRel to wait for iTC after
release iBSC configures this
timer timer.
Ater
handov TAterM This parameter describes
Not RF monitor handover process 70 ~ 170,
er oniterH 120 - - - - -
related when iBSC configures this 100ms
monitor O timer to use outer iTC.
timer
Ater
wait This parameter describes
resourc TWaitAt the response to apply for
Not RF resource from iTC, to
e erResA 5 ~25, 100ms 15 - - - - -
related configure this timer wait
acknowl ck for iTC during iBSC
edge handover.
timer This parameter describes
Ater BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE
Not RF block TAterCi message or UNBLOCKING 30 ~ 150,
ACKNOWLEDGE message used 80 - - - - -
related circuit cBlk to wait for iTC after 100ms
timer iBSC configures this
This parameter describes
timer.
BLOCKING CIRCUIT GROUP
Ater ACKNOWLEDGE message or
Not RF wait TAterBl UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT GROUP 30 ~ 150,
80 - - - - -
related resourc kCicGrp ACKNOWLEDGE message used 100ms
e timer to wait for iTC after
iBSC configures this
timer.
Ater This parameter describes
Not RF reset TAterR RESET CIRCUIT ACKNOWLEDGE 30 ~ 150,
message used to wait for 80 - - - - -
related circuit stCic iTC after iBSC configures 100ms
timer this timer.

This parameter describes


Ater
Not RF TAterR RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message 60 ~ 150,
reset used to wait for iTC when 100 - - - - -
related st iBSC configures this 100ms
timer
timer.

Ater This parameter describes


Not RF reset TITCRs iBSC configures this 30 ~60,
timer to delay when 40 - - - - -
related guard t resetting globally, to 100ms
timer release resource.
This parameter describes
Ater BLOCKING A CIRCUIT
block a
Not RF TBlkACi ACKNOWLEDGE message or 30 ~ 150,
interfac UNBLOCKING CIRCUIT 100 - - - - -
related c ACKNOWLEDGE message used 100ms
e circuit
timer to wait for iTC when iBSC
This parameter
configures thisdescribes
timer.
Ater BLOCKING A CIRCUIT GROUP
block a ACKNOWLEDGE message or
Not RF interfac TBlkACi UNBLOCKING A CIRCUIT 30 ~150,
100 - - - - -
related e circuit cGrp GROUP ACKNOWLEDGE message 100ms
group to wait for iTC after
timer iBSC configures this
timer.
Supervise the timer
length in whole locating
process.
After BSC sends locating
Length request to SMLC, this
Not RF LcsSup
of super timer is configured and 100 ~ 1000 250 - - - - -
related erVision shall receives locating
vision
Supervise the timer
response prior to
length
timeout, tootherwise
transmit radio
information.
locating contains
Overload process is
This timerof
terminated.
overloads supervises
CPU, MSC the
Not RF Length LcsRadi process topoint,
signaling deliver MS the
MSC 10 ~ 100 50 - - - - -
related of radio o message related
service, and CCCH. with
locating.
In Start while
cell overload
Length
sendingof timer
message
conditions, waiting
to MS, a
BSC adopts
Length intra BSSwhile
and stop handover
receiving
timer for traffic flow
of timer Overload
completed. contains
response The
control. frommT12
MS. timer
waiting LcsWait overloads
Continue
in of CPU,
locating
combination withMSC
process
mT11
Not RF signaling point,
intra InTraH after modifies
timer handover isMSC
ACCESS 20 ~ 100 60 - - - - -
related service,
finished, and CCCH.
with a length
BSS O CONTROL parameter in the
handov In cell
threshold
cell. BSCoverload
for waiting.
notifies the MS
First
er conditions,
Stop
to BSC
while flow
achieve adopts
timer a
this control
Overloa timer mT11
length is
through for traffic
exceeded.
system
d flow control. This clock
information.
Not RF is used together
The value of timer with
must 30 ~
Period MT11 80 - - - - -
related mT12 to modify
be more than thattheof mT11 150,100ms
of Flow parameter “ACCESS
Traffic timer. The two clocks
CONTROL”
control the configured
cell flowfor as
Second
Control the cell and
Overloa follows: Whennotify MS
the network
via the system
receives the overload
d information
Not RF
Period MT12 message for forthe flow
first 50 ~
150
control.
time, theThe value of - - - - -
related system 200,100ms
of Flow timer
decreases the flow than
must be less by one
Traffic that
level,ofand
mT12 timer.
starts mT11
Control and mT12. The OVERLOAD
This parameter
message during describes
mT11
Flow FUC flow
period control
will level.
be ignored.
Not RF
control The parameter
If the OVERLOAD value
message Level 0~10 Level 0~10 - - - - -
related corresponding to level 0
reason is received between mT11
can’t be modified.
and mT12, the flow will
be
Thisdecreased
parameter bydescribes
another
level
hurry and
callboth mT11 and
percentage
mT12 will be restarted.
corresponding to certain Level 0~10,
Not RF Emerge If 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
FUCBSC
flowdoes not receive
control level. value range - - - - -
related ncy call OVERLOAD message
The parameter value after 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
is: 0~100,%
mT12 timer stops,
corresponding to level the 0
flow
can’tincreases to one
be modified.
This parameter describes
more level, and the mT12
call 0, 50, 75,
timerrebuilt
restarts. percentage
Lower
corresponding to certain Level 0~10, 100, 100,
Not RF Call grade and higher grade
FUC flow control
represent different level. value range 100, 100, - - - - -
related Rebuilt The parameter value
proportion to reject is: 0~100,% 100, 100,
corresponding
service. to level 0 100, 100
can’t be modified.
This parameter describes
call response percentage
Call corresponding to certain Level 0~10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
Not RF
Respon FUC flow control level. value range 25, 50, 50, - - - - -
related The parameter value
se is: 0~100,% 75, 75, 75
corresponding to level 0
can’t be modified.
This parameter describes
calling percentage 0, 0, 0, 0,
corresponding to certain Level 0~10,
Not RF 25, 25, 40,
Calling FUC flow control level. value range - - - - -
related The parameter value 78, 100,
is: 0~100,%
corresponding to level 0 100, 100
can’t be modified.
This parameter describes
site refresh percentage
Locatio corresponding to certain Level 0~10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
Not RF
n FUC flow control level. value range 0, 0, 25, 25, - - - - -
related The parameter value
Update is: 0~100,% 50, 75
corresponding to level 0
can’tparameter
This be modified.
describes
site refresh percentage 0, 0, 0, 20,
corresponding to certain Level 0~10,
Not RF GPRS 46, 73, 100,
FUC flow control level. value range - - - - -
related access The parameter value 100, 100,
is: 0~100,%
corresponding to level 0 100, 100
can’t be modified.
This parameter describes
site refresh percentage
corresponding to certain Level 0~10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
Not RF
Restore FUC
FUC flow controlalevel.
establishes channel value range 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - - - -
related The parameter
request refusevalue
map. After is: 0~100,% 0
corresponding to level
flow control is started, 0
can’t
you canbebemodified.
based on this
Flow
control bitmap to determine if
Not RF map certain access can be
refused. bit None - - - - -
related slim Each bit in this map
adjust represents if to allow
(bit) channel access due to
this reason: 1 represents
refusal, 0 represents
allowance.
The load indication
message
process as an
informs the
acknowledgement
adjacent BSC of without the cell
containing any resource
load at border to provide
information.
more reference BSC
automatically
information insends normal BSSAP
RESOURCE
handover INDICATION
and the internal
message
traffic to MSC. BSC
handover of uses
BSC.
the
In
This periodicity
load indication
parameter IE in
determines
Load BSSAP RESOURCE REQUEST
Not RF indicatio
process, BSC sends BSSAP
if load indication is to
LoadInd determine
LOAD
available, the
INDICATIONan indication
message
also Yes/No No - - - - -
related n messages
to interval
MSC periodically,
determines (unless
the validity
allowed the ‘Periodicity
notifying
of parameter about IE’
the
‘Load load
validis
0
In and
load
status.
time’ BSC ignores
indication
The
and message
‘Load 0) once
O&M of BSC
process,
includes
indication BSC
timesatisfies
sends the
BSSAP
indication
period’. If
Auto
this condition
LOAD INDICATION
information
parameter (service
which
ismessage
‘No’
Load threshold or
Not RF
Valid
LoadVal to
indicates
(load thethe
MSCindication
periodically, interval
valid time
process 0 ~ 255,10s 18 - - - - -
related idTime between
notifying
length any
of
is disabled), thetwo
about the
service
the load
latter
Time messages).
status.
load The message
information.
two parameters areMSC
2 One-off
includes
relays
invalid. the mode:
time After
indication
BSSAP
Otherwise LOAD
they the
“BSSAP
information
INDICATION
are valid. RESOURCE
which to
message
Load REQUEST”
indicates
neighboring message
the valid
BSCs. is
Thistime
received,
length
parameter of BSC
the immediately
servicethe
represents
Not RF Indicati LoadInd returns a “BSSAP 0~
load
validinformation.
time length MSC of the 1500 - - - - -
related on Prd RESOURCE
relays theINDICATION”
BSSAP 65530,100ms
load message. 255LOAD
means
Period message
INDICATION with resource
message to
valid permanently.
Automa information. BSC stops
neighboring BSCs. When
tic sending
the loadand waits for
indication
resourc next
messageBSSAP
is RESOURCE
sent
Resour
Not RF e REQUEST if thethis
periodically, BSSAP
ceIndTh Time to wait for RANCS 0 ~ 100,% 30 - - - - -
related indicatio RESOURCE
parameter REQUEST
decides message
the
s process applying
n does
period notfor BSC tofor
contain Extended
send
threshol resource
Resource protection.
the load indication IE.
Indication
d RANCS
If process
there
message. is is to
Extended
Timer process
Resource CS service.
Indication This
IE,
When using IP carrier at
for timer
BSC is started
usershall
plane follow if
theRANA
of interface
Not RF TWaitR 10 ~ 100,100
RANCS receives
regulations external
of Subsequent
A, because TC is placed 100 - - - - -
related ancsEst handover request and ms
EST Mode
at
This element
MGW, CN
parameter inis
shall the
be
T4
Protecti
Waiting applying
message,
informed
timer. for
same channel
as mode
to replace from
4.
codec
ve time RANCS;
If the
during stop
previousif receiving
start: Afteris
1 Timerintra-BSC one
for P0 RANCS
RANCS1response,
mode
handover. or 3,CN then
receives and
you fail
replacement
the "HO can
confirm to
use send
codec
COM" ishandover
mode
or 1 3, to
orCOM"
triggered
"ASS by
message
Not RF interface
otherwise
HANDOVER A
youifcan
timeout.
use 10 ~
s the rmsT4 of MS andPERFORMED
forwards it to 30 - - - - -
related mode
RANA.4. To ensure MSC
message. 80,100ms
messag
e 3
hasPeriod
received
2 Timer mode:
stop:this After
RANCS BSC
message
receives
and the
successfully
receives “BSSAP
command
acknowledgement
HO/AS RESOURCE REQUEST”
MGS to replace
of "HO COM" or codec
"ASS COM"
S COM
HO message,
against itRANA.
will at
TwaitH message obstacles
by
Not RF perform immediately return
speech aspect, HANDOVER a 50 ~
oPFMA “BSSAP RESOURCE 60 - - - - -
related ed ack PERFORMED ACK message is 70,100ms
ck INDICATION”
added. This timer messageis that
used
timer
contains
to wait for theHANDOVER
resource
Protecti information.
PERFORMED After
ACK Tbsic
messagethat,
ve time The
This parameter
parameter issends
timer
BSC
fromperiodically
definesMSC.a
of UM T14.
the It
“BSSAPisperiod,
the which
period
RESOURCE
Not RF 1 Timer
is start:from
calculated
between sending itofstarts
call
ASS/HO 10 ~
assign rmsT14 INDICATION”
whenandBSCreceiving
establishment message.
sendsor HANDOVER If
handover 20 - - - - -
related COM
“Periodicity IE” of
in the 50,100ms
ment PERFORMED
completion
ASS/HO COM message to MSC.
(inter-cell
ACK messages or
complet “BSSAP
2 Timer RESOURCE
stop:TC/I
intra-cell). it stops
at destination
REQUEST” message instance.
is not
ion when BSC receives
evaluation is considered
0,
as then
HANDOVER the period
PERFORMED
unreliable during to
ACKthis
BSIC send the
message thus,
period, message
from MSC. is theto
handover
Not RF value of
3 special “Periodicity
Timeout TRX action: release 20 ~
decodin Tbsic a is not 50 - - - - -
related IE”
call multiplied
while
allowed. by
sending
During 100ms.
thisCLEAR 640,100ms
g period
If Periodicity
REQUEST MS
period, message IEtois
can decode 0,
MSC.
then
BSIC that interfereswrong
the message is with
and the whole
neighboring “BSSAP
cells before
DCS18 RESOURCE REQUEST”
00/PCS Value
Specify
handoverincludes
the single
frequency
procedure
Not RF message
starts. isor
frequency
supported. regarded
Itfrequency
is as DCS1800,
1900 FuncExt wrong.
range, sent to MS DCS1800 - - - - -
related
Support
unmodifiable
This parameter is in
after being
only PCS1900 ~
PGSM(1
4 Stopin
CHANNEL
created
valid mode:
RELEASE. After
successfully.
concentric the
Certain
ed “BSSAP
frequency RESOURCE
can be firstly 124);EGSM
circle case. (0 ~
REQUEST”
inspected message
while MSis
received,
selects cell. BSC immediately 124,975 ~
Range
returns
Input the a “BSSAP
minimum and 1023);DCS1
Not RF of RESOURCE INDICATION”
- maximum value of 800(512 ~ 0&&0 - - - - -
related BARAN message
broadcast range any
without in the 885);GSM19
G resource
This information
blank as
left and right determines
parameter and 00(512 ~
an
if acknowledgement.
data report
click Add to save thisfunctionAnd 810);GSM85
then,
is it
supportedwill no
for
range. Range of BARANG longer
send the
measurement cell resource
report, in 0(128 ~
MR can be same for different
Not RF MrRptE information
combination
global to MSC.
with
resource. 251).
report
Availabl This parameter is T15 Yes/No No - - - - -
related nable MrRptTimap.
Note: input If
timer. enable,
frequency
enable
e time and place itbe atWhen
thisthe
range
1 Timercan't
start: crossed.
to wait time,
targetreport
instance function
decides of
for measurement
forced release, datait iswill
resourc supported.
send the "PREEMPT APPLY"
Not RF es by to the released object. 10 ~
rmsT15 30 - - - - -
related the 2 Timer stop: The target 50,100ms
target instance receives the
instanc "RESOURCE AVAILABLE"
e in message from the
It indicates the released
external
object,
IP address indicating
of special that
forced
Not RF Virtual VIRTU the resources are
lucid channel used while
release available. - - - - - - -
related IP ALIP BSC provides it to OMCB
and SDR for link
establishment.
The Timer start: it starts
protecti when RANCS sends the
ve HANDOVER REQUIRED message
Not valid period This parameter is timer
to MSC. 100 ~
T7 rmsT8, monitoring 100 - - - - -
parameter for Timer stop: it stops when 200,100ms
handov external handover
RANCS instance receives
er process.
HANDOVER COMMAND response
Source Timer start: rmsT8 starts
from MSC.
request
BSC after handover command is
handov sent in Serve state while
Not valid 50 ~
er T8 RANCS instance shall be 120 - - - - -
parameter handovered externally. 700,100ms
executi
on This
Timerparameter
stop: rmsT8is T4
timer
Protecti timer.
period stops if RANCS instance
on of Timer start:
receives HOis After
COMCLEARRANCS
CMD
resourc This timer used to
receives
(handover
send the "HO
success)
HANDOVER COM"
or or
REQUIRED UM
to
Not valid es on "ASS COM"
HO FAIL
MSC, message
(handover
where of MSis
target cell 30 ~
aisT4 40 - - - - -
parameter external and forwards
failed).
UTRAN it to RANA.
cell, waiting for 150,100ms
in- Timer stop:
response fromRANCS
MSC.
Handov receives
1 acknowledgement
Timer start: this timer
Handov
er of "HO if
starts COM"BSCorsends
"ASS COM"
er message by
HANDOVER RANA. to MSC,
REQUIRED
Not valid protecti where target cell is 1~65535,100
mT7 100 - - - - -
parameter ng time UTRAN cell. ms
to 2 Timer stop: it stops
UTRAN when BSC receives
HANDOVER COMMAND from
Starting MSC.
Not valid time for 3 Timeout action: 50 ~
rmsT10 This parameter
configure
is T10
penalty for 130 - - - - -
parameter oriented timer. 200,100ms
UTRAN target cell carried
retry in HANDOVER REQUIRED.

Assign
Not valid 0~
ment T10 暂无 80 - - - - -
parameter 300,100ms
period

This parameter is timer


Monitor T9108. Currently, the
Not valid physical rmsT91 process
This to monitor
parameter is T12 20,100ms 20 - - - - -
parameter context 08 physical context request
timer.
request is notStart:
Timer used, T12
reserved
timerfor
later use.
starts periodically when
RANCS receives CONNECT
Serving CONF message from RANA.
Not valid status 100 ~
aisT12 Timer decides to perform 3000 - - - - -
parameter protecti activity check at peer 18000,100ms
on timer end. Laterly, it is
Regular periodical start.
timer Timer Stop: T12 timer
for stops when RANCS instance
Not valid system BcRegu receives RELEASE TYPE 6000~864000,
暂无
message. 18000 - - - - -
parameter messag lar 100ms
e 0 ~ 63;0:<
broadca -110 dBm,1:
st -110 dBm ~
Level
-109 dBm,2:
threshol
HO info_0_ Level threshold of target -109 dBm ~
d of 27 40 37 40 40 37 40
Related 15 cell -108 dBm,
target
……,62:-49
cell It describes if the load dBm ~ -48
information in this cell 0(No):外部
dBm,63:>
is filled in the unit of 小区负荷通知
External "New BSS to old BSS -48 dBm (>)
HO 关闭;
cell load Info_0 information" for handover No NO Yes Yes Yes NO NO
Related request while the cell 1(Yes):外部
notify
service under current BSC 小区负荷通知
is switched to the cell 开启.
Neighb under other BSCs.
or cell
HO Info_0_ It describes the valid
load time of the load 0 ~ 255,10s 6 6 4 4 4 6 6
Related 17 information.
valid
duration
MS 0(No):(MS
power with Maximum
HO hold in info_0_ It indicates if MS power output power)
hold in handover option 0 0 1 1 1 0 0
Related handov 9 is supported. 1(Yes):(MS
er with optimized
option output power)
PingPo ping pong handover
ng
PingPo counter that measures the
Statistic handov number of handovers out 0-60,s 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
ngDura and in the original cell
er
duration within this period.
Number
of On call drops, you shall
measur determine which reason
LatestM causes the call drop
ement 1~
easure based on average level
Statistic reports 10,measurem 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
RptNu and quality. This
for parameter is used to ent report
m,num
dropped control the average
connect On call drops, if the
number.
ions
Excessi distance (represented by
DropEx TA value) between MS and
ve TA
Statistic cessive network is not less than 0~63 20 20 10 10 10 20 20
threshol this threshold, it
TAThs
d measures as call drop due
to too distant TA. 0 ~ 63(0:<-
Downlin On call drops, if 110dBm;1:-
k signal DropLo downlink level is not 110dBm~-
Statistic strength wSigStr more than this threshold, 109dBm;…… 12 12 14 14 14 12 12
it measures as call drop
threshol DLThs due to low downlink 62:-49dBm~-
d level. 48dBm;63:>-
0 ~ 63(0:<-
48dBm)(<)
Uplink On call drops, if uplink 110dBm;1:-
signal DropLo level is not more than 110dBm~-
Statistic strength wSigStr this threshold, it 109dBm;…… 12 8 10 10 10 8 8
threshol ULThs measures as call drop due 62:-49dBm~-
d to low uplink level. 48dBm;63:>-
48dBm)(<)
On call drops, if
Downlin downlink quality is
DropBa
k quality better than this
Statistic dQualD 0~7 5 6 6 6 6 5 5
threshol threshold, it measures as
LThs call drop due to poor
d
downlink quality.

Uplink On call drops, if uplink


DropBa quality is better than
quality
Statistic dQualU this threshold, it 0~7 5 6 6 6 6 5 5
threshol measures as call drop due
LThs
d to poor uplink quality.

TDD
cell
UTRAN TDHOE Determine whether to 0:Allow;1:Unal
handov 1 - - - - -
handover nable allow TDD cell handover lowd
er
enable
Support
DWOR
frequen
BB D[0]BIT It indicates if frequency 0:不支持 1:支
cy offset correction is 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
Hopping 3 supported. 持
offset
Baseba Info_2
Correct
nd
frequen It identifies the
cy exchange period requried
BB 50-
Hoppin INFO3 by periodically scanning 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Hopping the TRX of baseband 3000,100ms
g TRX
Baseba
Exchan
nd frequency hopping.
ge Scan
frequen After baseband hopping
Timer
cy exchange, you shall
BB Hoppin update the configuration 50-
INFO4 for the site. This 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
Hopping g TRX
Baseba parameter defines the 3000,100ms
Exchan
nd timer to wait for
ge
frequen When detecting
response thesite.
from the
Config
cy exchange is required for
Timer
Hoppin baseband hopping TRX, the
BB 100-
g TRX INFO5 system may delay for a 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
Hopping period to check whether 1800,100ms
Exchan the exchange is required
ge again. This parameter Queue
Check defines the delay period. forbiden when Queu Queu Queu Queu Queu
Delay
Queue It determines if queue is assign e e e e e
Queue
Timer
indicate QueueI allowed or set it per Queue Queue allo allo allo allo allo
eMLPP cell if there are no forbiden allowed wed wed wed wed wed
when ndAss available channels in the allowed when
when assign when assign when when when when when
assign cell during assignment. assign assi assi assi assi assi
Queue
According to Que Que Que Que Que
gn gn gn gn gn
forbiden
Cell when ue ue ue ue ue
Queue It determines if queue is the handover Queue Queue forbi forbi forbi forbi forbi
allowed allowed or set it per
QueueI Queue forbiden forbiden den den den den den
eMLPP when cell if there are no
ndHo available channels in the allowed when when when whe whe whe whe whe
handov Forced
cell during handover. handover handover handover n n n n n
er release
According to hand hand hand hand hand
It determines if forced forbiden
the Cell when over over over over over
Forced
release is allowed or set assign Forced
release Preemp
it per cell if there are Forced release
eMLPP indicate tionIndA - - - - -
no available channels in release forbiden
when ss the cell during allowed when when assign
assign assignment. assign
According to
the Cell
Forced
release
Forced forbiden when
It determines if forced Forced
release handover
Preemp release is allowed or set release
allowed Forced
eMLPP tionInd it per cell if there are forbiden - - - - -
when no available channels in release
Ho Forced when
handov the cell during handover. allowed when
handover handover
er handover
Forced It determines if forced forbiden
According when
to
handov handover is allowed or assign
the Cell Forced
Forced
er set it per cell if there Forced handover
eMLPP HoIndA - - - - -
indicatio are no available channels handover forbiden
ss in the cell during Forced
n for allowed when when assign
assign assignment. handover
assign
Forced
It determines if forced forbiden
According when
to
handov Forced
handover
er Forced handover is allowed or the Cell handover
Forced
eMLPP indicatio HoIndH set it per cell if there forbiden - - - - -
are no available channels handover
n for o in the cell during when
allowed when
handov handover. handover
handover
er
Strateg Only forcedto
According Only Only Only Only Only
y for This parameter decides handover
the Cell
AssPre force force force force force
preempt the preemption policy if First forced Only forced Only forced
eMLPP emptstr d d d d d
ion there is no available handover handover handover
ategy channel on assginment. hand hand hand hand hand
when First forced
over over over over over
assign
Strateg release
Only forced
y for Only Only Only Only Only
This parameter decides handover
preempt HoPree force force force force force
the preemption policy if First forced Only forced Only forced
eMLPP ion mptstrat d d d d d
there is no available handover handover handover
when egy channel on handover. hand hand hand hand hand
First forced
handov over over over over over
release
er It determines the max
Queue time of waiting for queue
timer if there is no available 10 ~ 150 ,100
eMLPP rmsT11 channel in the cell 60 60 80 80 80 60 60
for during assignment. The ms
assign assignment fails if no
any resource is
It determines thegotten.
max
Queue time of waiting for queue
timer if there is no available
rmsTqh 10 ~ 150 ,100
eMLPP for channel in the cell on 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
o handover. The handover ms
handov
er fails
It if no any
determines theresource
period
is forced
of gotten.handover or
Preemp forced release if there
tion AssPre is no available channel 25 ~ 130,100
eMLPP duration empTim during assignment. If the 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
period elapses, only ms
when er
assign queue is allowed,
It determines the and new
period
forced handover
of forced or forced
handover or
Preemp release not required.
tion forced release if there
HoPree is no available channel
duration 25 ~ 130,100
eMLPP mpTime during handover. If the 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
when period elapses, only ms
r
handov queue is allowed, and new
er
Maximu forced handover or forced
m release not required.
It determines the max
forced AssFor number of retry for
eMLPP handov cedHoT forced handover if there 1~5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
er times ry is no available channel
when during assignment.
Maximu
assign
m It determines the max
forced AssFor number of retry for
eMLPP release cedRel forced release if there 1~3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
times Try is no available channel
when
Maximu during assignment.
assign
m
forced It determines the max
HoForc number of retry for
handov
eMLPP edHoTr forced handover if there 1~5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
er times is no available channel
y
when during handover.
Maximu
handov
m
er
forced It determines the max
HoForc number of retry for
release It determines the time of
eMLPP edRelTrforced
waitingrelease if there
for resource 1~3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
times is no available channel
y after forced handover. If
when during
handov gettinghandover.
the resource
Wait within this period, do
er
resourc not initiate forced
e timer
ForceH handover or forced 10 ~ 40,100
eMLPP after release and quit from the 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
oWait queue. If can not get it, ms
forced
handov initiate forced handover,
er forced release, or queue.
This parameter is
configured according to
the time requird to
finish handover.
It determines the time of
waiting for resource
after forced release. If
getting the resource
Wait within this period, do
resourc not initiate forced
e timer ForceR release and quit from the 10 ~ 40,100
eMLPP 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
after elWait queue. If can not get it, ms
forced
Interval initiate forced release
release or
Thisqueue.
parameter determines
for This parameter isfor
search the waiting time
configured according
searching forced to
handover
forced AssFor the time requird to
target again if forced 5 ~ 20 ,100
eMLPP handov ceHoInt finish handover. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
handover target can not ms
er erval be found when there is no
target
Interval available channel in the
when This parameter determines
for cell during assignment.
the waiting time for
assign
search searching forced release
AssFor
forced target again if forced
eMLPP ceRelInt 5 ~ 20,100 ms 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
release release target can not be
Interval erval found when there is no
target
for
when available
This channel
parameter in the
determines
search
assign cellwaiting
the during time
assignment.
for
forced searching forced handover
HoForc
handov target again if forced
eMLPP eHoInte 5 ~ 20,100 ms 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
er handover target can not
rval be found when there is no
target
Interval
when available channel
This parameter in the
determines
for cell on handover.
handov
search the waiting time for
er
forced HoForc searching forced release
eMLPP release eRelInt target again if forced 5 ~ 20,100 ms 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
release target can not be
target erval It determines
found when thereif to
is do
no
when forced
availablehandover
channel ifinboth
the
handov
Timer forced
cell onhandover
handover. and
er start
for forced release are
AssFor allowed when there is no
forced 20 ~ 125,100
eMLPP ceRelTi available channel in the 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
release cell during assignment, ms
mer It determines if to do
when or to do forced release
assign forced handover if both
Timer and do not forced
forced handover and
for start handover
forced release areany
after no
forced HoForc channel
allowed iswhengotten.
there is no 20 ~ 125,100
eMLPP release eRelTi available
To channel
reduce the in the
search 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
cell during handover,for or ms
when mer times when searching
handov to do
the forced
target ofrelease
forced and
er do not forced
handover handover
and forced
Enough after no ifanytarget
channel is
low release,
gotten. is not higher
priority
priotity Lowest
eMLPP than this priority,
To reduce search times it is 1 ~ 15 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
for Priority considered that the
preempt while searching for the
priority
target ofof this target
forced handover
ion is
Enough andlow enough,
forced and do
release, ifnot
search for the lowest
the duration of target
call priority. 1: highest
LongCa call is longer than this
duration priority 0~
eMLPP llDurati parameter value, it is 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
for considered that the 65535,480ms
on
preempt duration of target call
ion is sufficient and do not
Forced search the target
handov It determines
This parameter thiswith
ForceH the longest
instance cancall
not be the
used
er (PriThreshold)
duration. uses 0~
eMLPP oPenalt as forced
service ofhandover
preferred target 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
target within for
thishigh-priority
period after 255,480ms
y access
penalty forced handover
subscriber, thatfails.
is eMLPP
time service, the system may
priority set some reserved
of EmergS It determines
channels if the only
(currently, call
eMLPP emerge ervicelP with rate
full higher orchannels
TCH equivalent 1 ~ 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
priority
are is emergency
supported to be the
ncy rio call. 1: channels).
highest priority
service reserved
When CS instance calls
database to apply for
channels, the
User PriThre subscriber's
eMLPP 1 ~ 15 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Priority shold PriorityLevel information
reaches to database, and
is compared with
PriThreshold in the
Reserv database and BSC table.
ed RsvCha The
Whenselection order of<=
If PriorityLevel
eMLPP reserved channel
PriThreshold (theand
lessnon- Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Channe nFirst reserved channel priority
the subscriber's
l First level value, the higher
the priority level, that
is
Whenthe subscriber's
using high priority
eMLPP priority level is not
channel EMLPP user to access service,
eMLPP lower than
that is, EMLPPPriThreshold
service, 0 ~ 100,% 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Reserv Ths priority),
the system themay reserved
configure
ed time channel
certain can be used.
remained channels
It indicates the number
HBTSS of HBTS scanning sites at
S8001
CANSI each time. 0 indicates 0~10 10 - - - - -
related
TENUM the periodical scanning
function is disabled.

S8001
SITE ID SiteId SiteId 1-1536 - - - - - -
related

S8001 Serial number of this


BTS ID BtsId 1~6 - - - - - -
related cell.

S8001 RSSITh
RSSI threshold 10-120 100 - - - - -
related rd

HBTSS
S8001
canSup It indicates the switch 0:关闭;1:开启 0 - - - - -
related of searching frequency.
port

GSM19 It indicates if GSM900


S8001 0:不支持;1:支
00Supp frequency band is 0 - - - - -
related supported. 持
ort

HBTS
HBTSR
S8001 Arfcn
angeNu 暂无 0~300 0 - - - - -
related Range
m
Number

HBTSRangeLow and
HBTSRangeHigh are 0~124,
HBTS HBTSR
S8001 configured in pair. You 128~251,
rang angeLo - - - - - -
related can set multiple ranges. 512~885,
low w HBTSRangeLow: the lower 975~1023
absolute RF channel id
HBTSRangeLow and
0~124,
HBTS HBTSR HBTSRangeHigh are
S8001 128~251,
rang angeHi configured in pair. You -
related can set multiple ranges. 512~885,
high gh HBTSRangeHigh: the upper 975~1023
absolute RF channel id.
ggestion value high
difference scene
vast indoor
speed coverage coverage
railway
1800 180 1800
900M M 900M 0M 900M M

No No No No No No

60 60 60 60 60 60

60 60 60 60 60 60

50 50 50 50 50 50

No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

110 110 110 110 110 110

150 150 150 150 150 150

100 100 100 100 100 100

50 50 50 50 50 50

100 100 100 100 100 100

60 60 60 60 60 60

2 2 2 2 2 2
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0 0 0 0 0 0

20 20 20 20 20 20

No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

60 60 60 60 60 60

Half Half Half Half Half Half


- - - - - -
rate rate rate rate rate rate
vers vers vers vers vers vers
ion ion ion ion ion ion
1 1 1 1 1 1
full full full full full full
- - - - - -
rate rate rate rate rate rate
vers vers vers vers vers vers
ion
N、 ion
N、 ion
N、 ion
N、 ion
N、 ion
N、
2 2 2 2 2 2
Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
N、 N、 N、 N、 N、 N、
Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
N、 N、 N、 N、 N、 N、
Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
N、 N、 N、 N、 N、 N、
6,9
Y 6,9
Y 6,9
Y 6,9
Y 6,9
Y 6,9
Y
,13 ,13 ,13 ,13 ,13 ,13
,18 ,18 ,18 ,18 ,18 ,18
,24 ,24 ,24 ,24 ,24 ,24
,31 ,31 ,31 ,31 ,31 ,31
,39 ,39 ,39 ,39 ,39 ,39
3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4
,3 ,3 ,3 ,3 ,3 ,3
,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5
,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5
,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5
,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6
Start Start Start Start Start Start
mod mod mod mod mod mod
e e e e e e
code code code cod code code
c c c ec c c
1 1 1 1 1 1

N、 N、 N、 N、 N、 N、
Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、 Y、
N N N N N N
22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22,
25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25,
29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29,
34, 34, 34, 34, 34, 34,
40 40 40 40 40 40

4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5


,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5 ,5
,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6
,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6 ,6

Start Start Start Start Start Start


mod mod mod mod mod mod
e e e e e e
code code code cod code code
c c c ec c c

1 1 1 1 1 1

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0

45 45 45 45 45 45

20 20 20 20 20 20

20 20 20 20 20 20

70 70 70 70 70 70

60 60 60 60 60 60

30 30 30 30 30 30
320 320 320 320 320 320

3 3 3 3 3 3

30 30 30 30 30 30

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

45 45 37 40 37 40

NO NO NO NO NO NO

6 6 6 6 6 6

0 0 0 0 0 0

10 10 10 10 10 10
4 4 4 4 4 4

20 20 20 20 20 20

12 12 12 12 12 12

8 8 8 8 8 8

5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

- - - - - -

1 1 1 1 1 1

3000 3000 3000 ### 3000 3000

1800 1800 1800 ### 1800 1800

300 300 300 300 300 300

Queu Queu Queu Queu Queu Queu


e e e e e e
allo allo allo allo allo allo
wed wed wed wed wed wed
when when when when when when
assi assi assi Que
assi assi assi
Que Que Que Que Que
gn gn gn ue
gn gn gn
ue ue ue ue ue
forbi
forbi forbi forbi forbi forbi
den
den den den den den
whe
whe whe whe whe whe
n
n n n n n
han
hand hand hand hand hand
dov
over over over over over
er
- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

Only
Only Only Only Only Only
forc
force force force force force
ed
d d d d d
han
hand hand hand hand hand
dov
over over over over over
er
Only
Only Only Only Only Only
forc
force force force force force
ed
d d d d d
han
hand hand hand hand hand
dov
over over over over over
er

60 60 60 60 60 60

50 50 50 50 50 50

40 40 40 40 40 40

30 30 30 30 30 30

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1

25 25 25 25 25 25
25 25 25 25 25 25

5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

30 30 30 30 30 30

25 25 25 25 25 25

14 14 14 14 14 14

50 50 50 50 50 50

60 60 60 60 60 60

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0 0 0 0 0 0
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
to all MSs in a
functional
cell through
difference inthe
“RIL3_RR SYSTEM
overlapping areas.
INFORMATION
This function TYPE3”
can
andimplemented
be “TYPE4” by
messages.
It indicates
configuring MINMS
received
access
CellBarQualify. signal
control
level
CellBarQualifyto accessis is suggestion value diff
one of the cell 0 ~ value
63;0:< default recomand dence urban
Category
Parameter NameParameter
(EN) Codecell.
used to
parameterCommon
limit MS
explain has
cell
-110range suburb
selection
the
priority classin 0 ~ 9 and
special value value ares/urban ares
parameters.
special
case. MS has the
Network
&unit
dBm,1:- 900M 1800 Co- 900M
Recommended
class 11 ~ 15. value 110 dBm ~
M BCCH
broadcasts the
is usually
Class
parameter 10 does not -109
MIN approximated
exist.
information System tocan
all dBm,2:-
Cell received RxLevAcces prohibit
according
MSs in the MSto MS
with
cell 109 dBm ~ 10 10 10 15 10 10
Selection signal level sMin receiving
some
through access
RIL3_RRclass
sensitivity.
to enter When
the cell -108 dBm,
to access SYSTEM INFORMATION
network
according
TYPE3 andobserves
to this
TYPE4 ……,62:-
uneven traffic
parameter.
messages. System
It is one 49 dBm ~
distribution
allows
of cell in
the access of a -48
certainwith
mobile
selection cells, MIN
access dBm,63:>
received
class, N =signal
0, -48 dBm (≥)
Cell Cell bar CellBarQuali parameters.
level
1validity
...9, to11
The
access
...15.
PLMN of
carriers this
can Yes/No No No No No No No
Selection qualify fy increases
It the
allows emergency
parameter depends
determine if to
resulting
calls
upon when
cell
allow MS to access C1
theand C2
to
eleventhdecrease
reselection
a specific digitthe=
cell
cell
EC.
(for(For
parameter effective
exampleconvenient
the
coverage
programming,
indication.
cell in test range.C10
or theis
However,
always
Select 0) the
'No'
cell for absorbing If value
the
for
Cell Cell bar of
CellBarAcce Nth
Cell
traffic this
bit
Barofparameter
access
Access
only). and No, No, No, No,
cannot
control
‘No’ be too
levelCellisbar0 Yes/No No No No No No No
Selection access ss Networkfor broadcasts No, No, No, No,
large.
(‘0’
qualify,
Cell bar Otherwise,
represents
that
access is, No, No, No, No,
large
‘access
the value
cell
information change
allowed’,
priority
to MS
can bring ‘void No, No, No, No,
‘1’
is
in defined
the represents
cell asthrough
area’ No, No, No, No,
RIL3_RR SYSTEMcell
‘access
BTS
‘Normal’. across
needs not
toMS
No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
boundaries
allowed’),
measure
preferably
INFORMATION TYPE1, to
it
enter will
result
allow
interference
some in3access
the
types sudden
of on4theof No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
2, 2bis, and
Cell Access AccCtrlClas unallocated
call
MS
cells. drop
with
messages. Setproblem.
traffic
the 16bits, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
Selection control level s With thisof
AccCtrlClass
channels.
priority measure
BTS =N
this Yes/No No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
for traffic
(N=0,
calculates
cell 1, ...
type the
as 9, 11, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
balance,
...
average
‘Normal’, 15).of itrecent
Bit is
11= EC
while No No No, No, No, No,
suggested
represent
interference
the prioritiesthat the
values
of No, No, No, No,
Minimal level
Emergency
on
other value
periodic
cells should
Call is
basis
to
not converts
exceed No, No, No, No,
level
available.
and
‘Low’. In-90dBm.
it
some No, No, No, No,
Define
This
into the
parameter
corresponding
Cell threshold of RachAccess cases,
Minimal
parameter
such
level as
value 90~125,- No, No, No, No,
consists
interference
micro
threshold of
cellular
of MS to
two
band 125 112 112 112 112 112
Selection MS uplink Min 10 (that
bytes
information.
application,
uplink (16 is,
RACH from
bits).
BTS
and
access dBm No No No No
RACH -101first
The
then, dBm ~bit:
-100C15,
transfers
dual-frequency to
access dBm)in
C14,
BSC
networking,atthe
C13, initial
C12,
RFthisC11,
network
C10,
RESOURCE
setting rollout
C9,willC8; not
INDICATION
Minimal stage
The
message
affect or
secondto
thelower,
bit:
cell C7,
consider
which
C6,
it C5,isfactor
higher
C4, C3, C2, Extend
level It as
reselection. a
indicates thein
Cell:0~219
Cell threshold of than
C1,
channel
minimum theallocation
C0 TAreceiving
granted
TAMIN 1sensitivity of MS ; 0 0 0 0 0 0
Selection MS uplink toParameter
strategy.
be accessed allows
into
(that
cell
The is, -102
access
the interface
cell. when Cn Normal:0~6
RACH dBm). However, the
is 0,which
boundaries are used 3
access 2 dB
indicates
to increase
help the thatin MS
BTS
parameter
with needs
conversionaccess to
value
ofclass
theis
measure
allowable
The
of in level
NDiscontinuous
is not
interference (0~5)
DTX mode
interference
situationsvalue is an
on the
where 0:-110
Idle Interference Transmission
forbidden
(average)
optional (N (DTX)
downlink [0,10, [0,10, [0,10, [0,10,
unallocated
network
InterfBounda mode
=0,1,...,
into means traffic
coverage
that
9,
corresponding is
the dBm,1:- [0,10,15,20, [0,10,15,20,
measureme Band feature
channels.
not a problem. of GSM
BTS 15,20, 15,20, 15,20, 15,20,
ry system
11,...,
Number
interference
System. does
of
15) not
band 109 dBm, 25,63] 25,63]
nt Boundary calculates
transmit
2The
multiframes
Parameter
information. the
signals
forbids
of the 25,63] 25,63] 25,63] 25,63]
Discontinuous ……,63:-
average
during
cell
PCH of speech
the
specifies
access
Altogether recent
when
six theCn
Transmission
interference (DTX)
values 47 dBm
intermission
is
repeat1,means
boundaries
mode which
cycle of
that the
PCH
the
on periodic
subscriber
indicates
group
determine subchannelbasis
that
five MS
system
and does
converts not
it
conversation.
with
using access
multiple
interference
transmit class
51-
bands.
signals
Idle Interference into
This
of
In corresponding
N parameter
MultiFrame
isthe
fact, forbidden
itspeech
is 1~31,
during
interference band
measureme averaging controls
structures.
(N =
InterfAvgPrd intermission0,
unnecessary howIt
1,..., MS
ofis
to 9,
set
the SACCH 31 31 31 31 31 31
information.
uses
one
11,..., the
of
interference theDTX
15) mode.
system
nt period subscriber
BTS then, transfers multiframe
System
control
boundary isbroadcasts
3conversation.
C10 parameters.
always
0 andThis 0.
to BSC in to
‘RIL3_RR
According
interference theGSM
SYSTEMRF
parameter
RESOURCE 5. INDICATION
INFORMATION
Specifications,
boundary
participates TYPE3’
in a
One of
message
unique
them IMSI
representsconsider
to all MSs
Downlink determining
it as acell.
factor to use
in
in the
identifies
infinity
DTX inMSIn
and
modeallocation and
the
discontinuou channel
addition,
paging
other it may
group.
represents IMSIbe
DTX s DtxDwlink downlink
strategy. direction.
This Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
necessary
determines
negative
Actually, to
thenotify
infinity.
using PCH
DTX
transmission parameter
MSs
This of
sub-channel olderisfor
parameter, oneMS of
in
thedownlink
allowed in aBTS
versionspaging
describing
direction (of
(in the
group.
the
configuration
first
In thestage)
remaining actual
four
CHANNEL
parameters. ACTIVATION
through
message the
network,
boundaries, and RIL3_RR
MS only
is
MODEone
SYSTEM
the INFORMATION
“tunes
of in” thesent
BTS 0:MS could
MODIFY message use
Uplink TYPE6
paging
to BTS) message
sub-channel
configurationis on
SACCH. ForitMSs of DTX;1:MS
discontinuou DtxUplinkBc to which
parameters.
determined belongs
together
DTX newer
and
Generally,
by this versions,
ignores thedBm
-85
parameter the should use 1 1 1 1 1 1
s ch RIL3_RR
contents SYSTEM
ofis other
~and-115
thedBmDTX used DTX;2:MS
transmission INFORMATION
paging
for sub-in
interference TYPE6
indication should not
message
downlinkcontains
channels,
boundaries and
1 ~shuts
direction4. use DTX
Uplink
off the power
in ASSIGNMENT
discontinuous
supply
REQUESTof some and
message
transmission.
hardware
HANDOVER This
equipment
REQUEST
Channel Number of parameter is one of
BsPaMframs in the MS
message ofto save
MSC.
related multiframes the network
Yes:power
enable; overhead 2~9 5 3 3 3 3 2
Parameters of the PCH function
of
No:MS.disable
parameters.
In other IDLE time,
Theshuts
MS values offaretheas
follows: equipment
hardware
􀂃 MS supply
power could use to
DTX; power. Number
save
􀂃 multiframes
of MS should use of
DTX;PCH determines
the
􀂃 MS
the should
number ofnot
use DTX.
paging sub-channels
If the
of bothpaging
the BTS
equipment
channel inand TRAU
a cell.
SDCCH This parameter
Dynamic dynamic CanSdcchD decides if the cell
allows SDCCH Yes/No No Yes No No No Yes
SDCCH configuration yn dynamic
allowed configuration.

Dynamic HR DynaHREna If this cell


Dynamic HR supports dynamic Yes/No No No Yes Yes No No
Enable ble HR.

Use cell
UseCellDyn It indicates use
Dynamic HR dynamic HR cell dynamic HR Yes/No No No Yes Yes No No
HRPara When BSC and cell
parameter.
parameter
enables dynamic HR
functions, and
percentage of TCH/F
channel
When busyused in the
Threshold cell (TCH/F
timeslot/general
for a single channels >=
timeslot occupied 1 ~ 100,%
Dynamic HR trx switched HRThs in the cell / and
AmrHRThs/100, all 60 60 50 50 60 60
available TCH (≥)
from FR to carrier and cell
HR channelsAMR,
support in the
cell (including
subsequent service
IDLE andAMR
prefers BUSY))
voice
exceeds this
rate.
AMR threshold,
This convert
threshold
Dynamic HR When
TCH/FHR->timeslot
TCH/H. in 0~100, %
Dynamic HR AMRHRThs value
the
can be 50 50 50 50 50 50
Conversion configured general
cell / on BSC (≥)
Threshold timeslot
and BTS, inwhen the
"User
cell
cell <dynamic HR
HRTsPercentage/100,
parameter"
The
the serving
cell can
(UseCellDynHRPara)
channels
generate in
newthe
is yes, AmrHRThs HR GSM
system
channel. can be
value configured by
Percentage HRTsPercen classified
This
cell parameter
will be into can
used,
Dynamic HR channels with full 0~100, % 50 50 70 70 50 50
of HR Ts tage(<) be configured
otherwise AmrHRThson
rate
BSC andBTS.
and
configured channels
byIfBSCthe
with half rate
proportion
is used. of HR
according
timeslot in tothe
GSM
specifications.
cell is lower than
Common GSM system
HRTsPercentage/100
FR-HR supports
of BSC and channels
BTS, the
HandOver FRTHRHOS with
FR-HR HandOver
cell full
can rate. The
generate
Dynamic HR Yes/No No No No No No No
Based On upport Based
new HROn
network Cell Load
operators
channel.
Cell Load decide if the
network support
half rate service.
The new setup
reason denotes the
New setup NECI parameter
This to notify is MS a
Dynamic HR cause NECI if the of
switch areafrag Yes/No No No No No No No
indication supports the
collection inhalf
HR
rate service.
channel, whichThe can
parameter
be notifies
configured on
MS through
BSC and BTS. theOnly
RIL3_RR
when bothSYSTEM
BSC and
It indicates
INFORMATION
BTS the
TYPE3
are enabled,
HR Support HR proportion
TYPE4 messages.
HRDfragSup and finished HR
Concentratio channel frag threshold
NECI is oneofof Yes/No No No No No No No
port frags / idle HR
n collected HRDefragNum
network’s
channel in the/ idle
cell
HR channel
no more in
functional
is thanthe
cell. This
parameters.
HRDefragThs, HR
parameter
No: half rate
channel can be
configured
service accesson BTS.
defragmentation not
HR Only whenis
supported
function both
by thisBSC
Threshold of HRDefragTh and
cell;BTS can
enabled, enable
otherwise
Concentratio 0~100 (<) 70 70 70 70 70 70
HR Defrag s HRDfragSupport,
Yes:
it ishalf rate and
disabled.
n finishedaccess
HR frags /
service
idle HR channel
supported by this in
the
cell.cell is no more
than parameter
This HRDefragThs,
HR channel
defines if eMLPPThs
Use cell defragmentation
UseCellEml is used. If yes,
function
eMLPP EMLPP you shallis select Yes/No No No No No No No
ppThs enabled,
cell otherwise
property,
threshold
it is disabled
otherwise to select
BSC property.
2 prefer
TCHF, when
cell congest
change to
prefer TCHH
3 prefer
When using high TCHH
priority user to 4 only
Reserved access service, TCHF
that is, EMLPP 0~100,
5 only %
eMLPP rate of EMLPPThs 20 20 20 20 20 20
service, the system (≥)
TCHH
EMLPP may configure
certain remained 6 according
according to according to
It decides if
channels to channel
channel channel
forced select order
disconnection is select order select order
of MSC , not
allowed during of MSC of MSC
ChanSelect ChanSelect It is based on the
IMSI condsider
when prefer when prefer
eMLPP assignment.
resource The whether cell
Strategy Strategy priority
allocation. in the TCHF and TCHF and
congest,
assignment request cell cell
or handover is perfer TCHF
congest congest
It
validdecides
and the if 7 according
change to change to
forced
preemption is to channel
disconnection prefer TCHH prefer TCHH
valid. Those is select order
Preemption allowed
connectionsduringwiththe of MSC
PreemptionI handover. Thecan be
eMLPP allowed low priority Yes/No
when prefer No No No No No No
nd_0 priority
forcefully in the
when assign TCHF and
assignment
disconnected request
or handoverto is cell congest,
(handover) change to
valid
allocateandtheir
the
preemption
resources to isother prefer TCHH
Preemption valid. Thoseor
assignments if AMR-HR
allowed PreemptionI connections
handover request with supported
eMLPP low
withpriority
higher can be Yes/No
8 prefer No No No No No No
when nd_1 forcefully
handover This parameter
priority. TCHF, not
disconnected
indicates
Assignmentif the
request condsider
(handover)
low priority
indicate the tocall
allocate whether cell
status. their
subscribers can be congest
resources to
forcefully other
handover
When assignments
to other cell, or so 9 prefer
assigned ForcedHOIn handover
that highrequest
priority TCHF,when
eMLPP with higher can Yes/No
cell No No No No No No
forced d_0 subscribers
handover This
obtain parameter
priority. A
channels. congest
indicates
Handover
This if the
request
parameter ,Change to
low priority
indicates the
represents if call TCHH if
subscribers
status.
forced handover can beis
forcefully handover AMR-HR
allowed during support
When to other cell, so
assignment.
handover ForcedHOIn that high priority
eMLPP Yes/No No No No No No No
forced d_1 subscribers can
handover obtain channels.
This parameter
represents if
This
forced parameter
handover is
decides
allowed if to allow
during
Queue queuing
handover. in
Queue allowed QueueInd_0 assignment process. Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cell improves the
when assign call parameter
drop rate with
This
the use ofif
indicates such
to use
techniques.
directed retry
This parameter
process.
decides if Network
queuing
Queue assigns
can be performed
allowed corresponding
during a handover
Queue QueueInd_1 service Yes/No No No No No No No
when process channel
and whenfor
handover MS
therein an
areadjacent
no
cell, if there
available is
channels
no service
in the cell. channel
available in
serving cell.
Directed Directed retry
Directed indication defines
retry DrInd_0 Yes/No No No Yes Yes No No
Retry a special handover
indication process that can
reduce the call
drop ratio.
Directed retry
Inter falls into intra-
It indicates if to
BSC
use directed retry
outer directed
Directed Direction This
and parameter
inter-BSC
DrInd_1 retry, that is, Yes/No No No No No No No
Retry retry indicates
directed if
inter-BSCretry. AMRThe
directed
indication parameter
retry. onein
former thenot
does
cell
need istheenabled.
1participation
If the cell of
doesn't
MSC, whileenable
the its
Use cell own AMRone
latter parameters,
does.
dynamic UseCellAM AMR parameter value not not not not
AMR configured by BSC Use, not use not use not use
AMR RParam is configured as use use use use
parameter the predominent;
2 If the cell is
enabled, AMR
parameter value
configured by the
cell is configured
as the predominent;
The threshold of
changing AMR mode
includes seven
The
factors: code has 8
bits.
AmrThresholds1, The code has From 4.75
8AmrThresholds2,
bits. Bit 8: 12.2 kbit/s, 5.15
kbps;
AmrThresholds3,Bit 7: 10.2 kbit/s, 5.90 No, No, No, No,
kbps;
AmrThresholds4,Bit 6: 7.95 kbit/s, 6.70 Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
kbps;
AmrThresholds5,Bit 5: 6.70 kbit/s, 7.40 No, Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No, No, No, No,
AMR full 1kbps When...
AmrThresholds6, four
Bitvalues
2:
are configured kbit/s, 7.95 Yes, No, Yes, No, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
AMR Active AmrFullAcs 5.15 kbps; Bit as
AmrThresholds7. 1:
"No"
4.75 within
kbps. 8
‘Yes’ kbit/s, 10.2 Yes, No, Yes, No, No, No, No, No,
Codec Set Also,
The the following
hysteresis of
elements
represents in‘1’"AMR kbit/s to 12.2 Yes Yes Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
restricted
changing AMRCodec
mode
full
and
conditions Active
‘No’ shall be kbit/s, value No, No, No, No,
includes
Set seven
(AmrFullAcs)"
represents
met: ‘0’. range is Yes Yes Yes Yes
factors:
interface, value 6,9 6,9 6,9 6,9
Default
AmrThresholds1
AmrHysteresis1, code is=< Yes/No.
range
10101010
AmrThresholds2is 1~4;
(that is =< (FR) ,13 ,13 ,13 ,13
AmrHysteresis2,
2170). When five values 6,9,13, 6,9,13,
Thresholds AmrThreshol AmrThresholds3
AmrHysteresis3, =< 0~63, 0.5dB ,18 ,18 ,18 ,18
AMR are 18,24,31 18,24,31
of AMR ds AmrThresholds4 as
configured
AmrHysteresis4, =< (FR) ,24 ,24 ,24 ,24
"No" within
AmrThresholds5 =< 8 ,39 ,39
AmrHysteresis5,
elements in "AMR ,31 ,31 ,31 ,31
AmrThresholds6 =<
AmrHysteresis6, ,39 ,39 ,39 ,39
full Active Codec
AmrThresholds7,
AmrHysteresis7.
Set (AmrFullAcs)"
AmrThresholds1
Also, the following +
interface,
AmrHysteresis1 value =< 1: Select the 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4
restricted
range is 1~3;
AmrThresholds2
conditions + be coding mode ,3, ,3, ,3, ,3,
Hysteresis AmrHystere When six shall
3AmrHysteresis2 values =< 0~15, 0.5dB
with lowest 3,4,3,5 3,4,3,5
AMR met:
are 5,5 5,5 5,5 5,5
of AMR sis AmrThresholds3 as
configured
AmrThresholds1 + (FR)
bit rate as ,5,5,6 ,5,5,6
,5, ,5, ,5, ,5,
"No" within
AmrHysteresis3 =< 8
AmrHysteresis1
elements in "AMR the initial 6 6 6 6
AmrThresholds4 +
AmrThresholds2 coding
full Active Codec
AmrHysteresis4
AmrHysteresis2
Set (AmrFullAcs)" =< mode;
AmrThresholds5
AmrThresholds3 +
interface,
AmrHysteresis5 =< value =< 2: Select the
AmrHysteresis3
range is 1~2; Startmode
coding mode
Use the coding mode
AmrThresholds6
AmrThresholds4 + Start Start Start Start
Initial codec 4specified
When seven values codec,
with theInitial Startmode Startmode
AMR IsAmrICM AmrHysteresis6
AmrHysteresis4 by =< mode mode mode mode
mode are codec
secondmode codec codec
AmrThresholds7 as
Startmodeconfigured
AmrThresholds5 +
+ codec codec codec codec
"No" within
AmrHysteresis7 =< 8 (FR)
lowest bit
AmrHysteresis5
elements in "AMR
AmrThresholds6
full Active Codec + rate, if there
AmrHysteresis6
Set (AmrFullAcs)" =< is more than
AmrThresholds7
interface, value + one coding
AmrHysteresis7
range is 1; mode;
Startmode AmrStartmo
AMR 5 When all values 3: Select the 1 1 1 1 1 1
codec mode de are configured as coding mode
"No" parameter
This for 8 elements with the third
in "AMR if
defines fullAMR Active lowest bit
Codec control
noise Set is rate, if there
(AmrFullAcs)"
enabled, that is,
interface, is more than
to suppressvalue two coding
Enable range is null;
background noise
AMR IsAmrNscb The values are Yes/No
modes; (FR) No No No No No No
noise control and
The keep code original
has 8 as 4: Select the
follows:
voice
bits. quality.
Bit 6~ Bit
The
1: threshold
Select the of 8: coding mode
No:
reserved;
changing Enable noise
Bit
AMR 5:
mode From 4.75
coding
suppression;
7.40 kbps; mode with
Bit 4: with the
kbit/s, 5.15
includes
lowest four
bit rate as
Yes:
factors: Disable
6.70 kbps ... Bit noise fourth
kbit/s, lowest
5.90 No, No, No, No,
the
2: 5.15 initial
suppression; kbps; coding
Bit bit rate,6.70
if
AmrThresholds1, kbit/s, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
AMR Half 1mode.
1:When 4.75four
kbps. values there No, Yes, No, Yes,
AmrThresholds2,
2:
are Select the as
configured kbit/s,are
7.40 Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
AMR Active AmrHalfAcs ‘Yes’ represents more Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
AmrThresholds3,
coding
"No"
‘1’within mode
and ‘No’with
8 kbit/s,than
to Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Codec Set AmrThresholds4, three coding Yes, No Yes, No
the
elementssecond
represents inlowest
"AMR
‘0’. 7.95 kbit/s. Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
AmrThresholds5.
bit modes. (FR)
Fourrate,
full
Also, Active
coding
the
ifCodec
there
modes
following Value range No No No No
is
Set
could more
bethan
set one
(AmrFullAcs)"atof the is Yes/No.
restricted
The
coding hysteresis
mode.
interface,
most. Default
conditions value
shallcode be (HR)
changing
3:
range Select
is AMR
the
1~4; mode
is 00011110
met:
includes five (that 22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2
Thresholds AmrThreshol 2coding
When
is 30). mode
five
AmrThresholds1
with
values
=< 0~63, 0.5dB 22,25,29 22,25,29 5,29 5,29 5,29 5,29
AMR factors:
the configured
are third lowest as
of AMR ds AmrThresholds2
AmrHysteresis1,
bit rate, if8there=< (HR) ,34,40 ,34,40 ,34 ,34 ,34 ,34
"No" within
AmrThresholds3 =<
AmrHysteresis2,
is more than
elements in two
"AMR ,40 ,40 ,40 ,40
AmrThresholds4
AmrHysteresis3,
coding modes. =<
full Active
AmrThresholds5 Codec
AmrHysteresis4,
4: Select
Set the
(AmrFullAcs)" and
AmrThresholds1
AmrHysteresis5.
coding modevalue with +
interface,
AmrHysteresis1 =< 1: Select the
Also, the
the fourth
range following
is 1~3;lowest
AmrThresholds2
restricted + coding mode 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5
Hysteresis AmrHystere 3bit rate,
When six
AmrHysteresis2
if there
values =<be 0~15, 0.5dB
with lowest 4,5,5,6 4,5,5,6
AMR conditions
are more thanshall
configured three
as ,5, ,5, ,5, ,5,
of AMR sis AmrThresholds3
met: + (HR)
bit rate as ,6 ,6
coding
"No" modes.
within 8 6,6 6,6 6,6 6,6
AmrHysteresis3 +
AmrThresholds1 =< the initial
elements in
AmrThresholds4 =<"AMR +
AmrHysteresis1
full Active Codec coding
AmrHysteresis4 +
AmrThresholds2 =< mode;
Set (AmrFullAcs)"
AmrThresholds5 =< +
AmrHysteresis2
interface, value 2: Select the
AmrHysteresis5 +
AmrThresholds3 Startmode
range
Use is 1~2;
the coding mode coding mode Start Start Start Start
Initial codec AmrHysteresis3 =< codec,
AMR IsAmrICM 4specified
When seven by values
AmrThresholds4 + with theInitial Startmode Startmode
mode mode mode mode
mode are configured
Startmode as codec
secondmode codec codec
AmrHysteresis4 codec codec codec codec
"No" within 8 =< (HR)
lowest bit
AmrThresholds5
elements in "AMR +
AmrHysteresis5
full Active Codec rate, if there
Set (AmrFullAcs)" is more than
interface, value one coding
range is 1; mode;
Startmode AmrStartmo
AMR 5 When all values 3: Select the 1 1 1 1 1 1
codec mode de are configured as coding mode
"No" for 8 elements with the third
in "AMR full Active lowest bit
Codec Set rate, if there
(AmrFullAcs)"
interface, value is more than
range is null; two coding
The values are as modes;
follows: 4: Select the
1: Select the coding mode
coding mode with with the
lowest bit rate as fourth lowest
the initial coding bit rate, if
mode. there are
2: Select the
coding mode with more than
the second lowest three coding
This parameter
defines if AMR
noise
MS sends control
the is
enabled,
channel request that is,
to
messagesuppress
on RACH
Enable background
channel to noise the
AMR IsAmrNscb During the Yes/No (HR) No No No No No No
noise control and
network keep tooriginal
start
communication
voice
immediate quality.
Setting
between
No: Enableof and
MS AMR BTS,
noise rate
assignment
adjustment process.
mode:
the
RACH transmission
suppression;
is an ALOHA
1Yes:
powerAMRDisable
Parameter quick
is rate
controlled
usednoise
at AMR quick
channel,
adjustment themode: AMR AMR AMR AMR
by
thethe MS network.
suppression;
network side.
enables It The
MS rate
master
network adjustment
sets the AMR quick AMR quick quick quick quick quick
belongs
to send to the
multiple adjustment
AMR Codec AmrAdjMod time
power by
for
PRACH controlBTS MS itself; rate rate rate rate rate rate
AMR channel request mode,
Adjust Mode e 2parameters,
Interval
through the topower
and the
it adjustment adjustment adjust adjust adjust adjust
messages
adjust before interval to
command
is receives
MS and the
broadcast to the
the mode mode ment ment ment ment
configuration:
command is adjust
MS in the PSI1
IMMEDIATE mode mode mode mode
adjustment configuration
transmitted
message.
ASSIGNMENT
It indicatesIntime
on
message
AMR
shall
SACCH be defined
(SACCH
establishment has
of 2 at
a
to increase
adjustment
background the
header
connection,
access bytes,
success MSone
rate
interval.
is the powerThis
AMR Codec AmrAdjInter usually
of will
MS. Maximum
parameter send
is only 1~50, 480
AMR control
the
number byte
channel
of and
request
allowable 1 1 1 1 1 1
Interval val meaningful
The
the network when
sends ms
message
resend
AmrAdjMode
IMMEDIATE in the
time isdepends
other
PRACH
on MAXis the timing
channel
number to
of
"interval
ASSIGNMENT
advance to adjust
REJECT
byte).
the network.
re-transmitting
configuration".
message to MS when
MS must
As receives
PRACH
events extract
is a
times. an the
it
power 0:12,1:15,2:
ALOHA control
Network
channel channel,
broadcasts
request to
Number of header
improve
this from
MS access
parameter 20,3:30,4:41
Channel message
downward from
SACCH MSandand
slots to success
information
will not rate, tothe
allocate MS a ,5:55,6:76,7:
Request TxInteger takes the specified 14 14 14 14 14 14
spread network
in allows
the cell
suitable MSto
through
channel 109,8:163,9:
Access transmission
to send multiplepower
transmission RIL3_RR
MS. SYSTEM
IMMEDIATE 217,10 ~
as output
channel request
INFORMATION power.
TYPE1, If
ASSIGNMENT
the REJECT 15:reserved
messages
2, before
2bis,contains
message 3 and 4’
power
receiving
messages.level of MS
packet
MAX
T3122
cannot timer
output the
MAX assignment
number
parameter of to message.
re-
power value, it 0: 1 times,1:
Channel number of If MS
prevent
The does
transmitting not
possible
network events
side
will
receive output the 2 times,2: 4
Request re- Mretrans times
wireless
(BTS) isany
may one of if
channel
judge the 2 2 2 2 2 2
closest
response
control for theby
parameters times,3: 7
Access transmitting blocking
the radio
transmission caused
linkpower
previous
of channelto
GSMaccording
system. times
events times repeated
fails
that can channel
be output.
1request
For
requests
two themessage,
criteria: cell
sent by MS
One
For SACCH
resends
radius is3km
channel
over
the
is MS,
based
Channel which
on the
Associatedisand
request
the area
waiting
uplink message
witherror
for
SACCH small
Protection Signaling
afterand
traffic,waitingand
it can it
forbea
Channel indication
rate
has to be the
usedother When "Cell
period for random
set as 3 period.
information
is based (that
on is,
unit.
Request T3122 together
Network
the with
uses
maximum SCCCH
S of a
number Type
0~255, s 10 10 15 15 15 10
access MS cannot
measured
and TCH, value
sorestart
Access parameter
of resending
new call
RXLEV/RXQUAL. tothe
until times
the
Radio
(CellType)"
attempt power control
determine randomof MS is non-
is 7)failure
time
link to improve
indicated by
starts
waiting
the after
accesstime. MS
success extended
T3122 is
criterion
receives elapsed
SACCH. if
rate
it of MS.
receives
determines the
the cell, value
The power
2 For the of
cellMS
‘IMMEDIATE
method
before that the BTS
receiving range is 0 ~
Channel It represents
radius
ASSIGNMENT
uses as less
the the
than
REJECT 63,default
SACCH
maximum (that
TA is the
Request TA Allowed TaAllowed 3km and
message.
standard
power when togranted
the area
judge
sending value is 63; 63 63 63 63 63 63
to
with
Thisbeparameter
accessed
common
connection into
is
failure.
Access channel
the cell. request on When "Cell
traffic,
also
If one
SACCH it the
of
errorcanrate
be
RACH)
setused is determined
as control
2as(that is, Type
system
is
by Control the
channel
the maximum
parameters, number
and is (CellType)"
standard
MAX powerto judge
level.
of resending
sent to MS
connection intimes
the
failure, is extended
Control
is 4); channel MAX cell, value
Control IMMEDIATE
BTS
poweruses
leveltheis same
one GSM: GSM: GSM: GSM:
Channel 3 Define
ASSIGNMENT
value of value
REJECT
Radio as 1
link range is 0 ~
channel MsTxPwrMa of the cell
(maximum number GSM: 5; GSM: 5; 5; 5; 5; 5;
Request
MAX power xCch message.
timeout
selection and andthe of 0~31
219,default DCS1800:0 DCS1800:0 DCS1 DCS1 DCS1 DCS1
Access resending
Following
same process times
are astheis
MS value is 219.
level reselection
2) forThus,
thevalues:
micro 800:0 800:0 800:0 800:0
suggested
does.
parameters ofBTSMS,
cell.
10 s ~ inconsistent
avoids 15 s for
involving
4 Define value as 0
normal
judgment traffic
calculation standards
of C1
(maximum
area;
in the 15 number
s
uplink~ 25 andof
s 1: use uplink
and C2
resending values.
times is
for dense
downlink traffic SACCH
Radio link This parameter
1) for the micro is
Radio Link ConFailCrite area
directions.
broadcasted to all error criteria;
failure cell with heavy 1 1 1 1 1 1
Timeout rion Meanwhile,
MS in the the via
cell 2: use uplink
criterion traffic
Receiving and the
level
RIL3_RR SYSTEM Rxlev&RxQu
cell
Fault with
threshold and
detection
INFORMATION
congestion. TYPE3 al criteria
Receiving
period
and in quality
TYPE4. AMR-FR
threshold
channel.
If Within
this parameter
Bss Radio parameters
this
is set too are
period, pick
large, 4, 8, 12, 16,
Link Timer's BSRADIOLK invalid.
average
the MS nearvalue BTS 20, 24, 28,
Radio Link If the measured
Max Value TMOUTAM through s timesthe
will interfere of 32, 36, 40, 64 64 32 32 32 48
Timeout value of channels.
measurement, and
for AMR HR RFR adjacent 44, 48, 52,
Bug RXLEV/RXQUAL
judge
If it link
is too is
fault
small, 56, 60, 64
Fault
used detection
as
threshold,
the MS the
at to cell
the
period
standard
derterminein
boundaries iftoAMR-HR
judge
will the
channel.
connection
channel
have lowis Within
failure,
failed.
access
Bss Radio this
BTS period,
will use pick
the 4, 8, 12, 16,
Link Timer's BSRADIOLK success rate. 20, 24, 28,
Radio Link average
two value of
The parameters:
principle
Max Value TMOUTAM through
setting s
Receiving thistimes of 32, 36, 40, 64 64 32 32 32 48
Timeout measurement,
for AMR HR RHR level is and
threshold
parameter as 44, 48, 52,
Bug judge
follows:link
(RxLevThs) fault
and the
Under 56, 60, 64
threshold,
Receiving to
quality
precondition that
determine
the MS at if
threshold thethecell
channel
boundaryis
(RxQualThs). isfailed.
The
guaranteed with is
value range a
as follows:
certain access
1: Uplink SACCH
success rate, the
Error Ratelevel
MS access Based
(in order
should be to ensure
reduced
the sameas
as much judgment
standard
possible.in the
uplink
Generally,and downlink
it is
directions);
recommended to set
2: RXLEV/RXQUAL
this parameter as 5
Measurement
(for GSM900MS) Based
and
0 (for GSM1800MS).
of radio link
counter S at Ms
side, transmitted
The network side
on
(BTS) BCCHmayorjudge
SACCHif by
BSS.
the radio link
Radio
fails link counter
according to
Stwo iscriteria:
used to One
evaluate radio
is based on the
linkd
uplinkfailure.
SACCH error When
Radio link MS can't
Radio Link MsRadioLK rate and decode
the other 0:4,1:8,
timeout on SACCH
is based message
on 64 64 32 32 32 48
Timeout TmOut (BFI=1), ……,15:64
MS side measured S value of
decrements;
The network when
RXLEV/RXQUAL. side MS
successfully
(BTS)
The may judge
radio link isif
This
the parameter
receives
radio SACCH
link is
considered
the maximum asvalue
message
fails
failed (BFI=0),
according
iflinkBTS S
to
of
tworadio
increases
criteria. byof2.OneIf
Radio link detects
counter one
Son the
atuplink
BSS
Radio Link BsRadioLKT Sfollowing
isis decreased
based to 0:4,1:8,
timeout on side,
0, it transmitted
SACCH indicates
error rate, 64 64 32 32 32 48
Timeout mOut conditions:
on PBCCH The
byfault,
BSS ……,15:64
0 ~ 63;0:<
BSS side radio
and thelink
other is
uplink
under receiving
the leading -110
call
basedshall
level be
on smaller
is measured
of packet
reestablished
valueaof systemor dBm,1:-
than
message certain
2.
released.
RXLEV/RXQUAL.
threshold; The 110 dBm ~
If the measured
uplink receiving -109
Receiving value
quality ofis greater dBm,2:-
Radio Link RXLEV/RXQUAL is
level RxLevThs than a certain 109 dBm ~ 10 10 10 10 10 10
Timeout used as theThis
threshold.
threshold -108 dBm,
standard
only applies,to judgeif a
connection failure, ……,62:-
0:correspon
the measured value 49 dBm
the radio link will
of RXLEV/RXQUAL is ding BER~
be considered as -48
range
used as the
failed
standard whento BTS
judge a dBm,63:>
<0.2%,1:0.2
Receiving -48
Radio Link detects
connection that the
failure. % ~dBm
quality RxQualThs uplink
Receivingreceiving
level 6 6 6 6 6 6
Timeout level is smaller 0.4%,2:0.4%
threshold threshold specifies
than a certainof ~ 0.8%,
the threshold
Period
threshold detect
receiving
to or the
level.
……,6:6.4%
radio
uplink linkd
receivingfailure ~ 12.8%,7:>
This
at parameter
According
network to GSM
side is(in
quality
invalid is
if greater
uplink 12.8%
Radio link specification,
the
than unit
aerror of
certain MS
SACCH 1~63,
SACCH
transmits
multiframe), rate
appended is
Radio Link failure RxLevQualp threshold.
Location
used as update
the SACCH
class mark
including
Receiving the
quality 63 63 63 63 63 63
Timeout checking rd results
standard
information
detection from
toof two
judge multiframe
threshold
major causes specifies
in
period connection
(Classmark
channel
the 3)
strength
receiving toGSM
failure period
system.
(Radio
the
(dBm) One
link
network
and is when
failure
through
signal
threshold
MS changes
criterion quality.
from
is 1).old
the
If CLASSMARK
quality
the received
uplink in
SACCH
LAC to
Receiving
CHANGE
each new
channel. LAC and
level
message as
error
the rate
second
threshold is
is
is used
when
one of
soon asstandard
Generally,
as the possible.
a valid to
the
Add
Early
SIM network
configuration
or Delete
category
card is NCC 8 bits [0,1,2, [0,1,2, [0,1,2, [0,1,2,
NCC NccPermitte judge
notifiesathe
connection
MS for [0,1,2,3,4,5, [0,1,2,3,4,5,
Others parameters
within
classmark
required forof
valueBTS.
sending
any MS represent 3,4,5, 3,4,5, 3,4,5, 3,4,5,
permitted d failure,
periodic
range this
location 6,7] 6,7]
control
in determines
GSM Network to NCC 0~7 6,7] 6,7] 6,7] 6,7]
parameter
update. is
if
get the network
various
invalid. This network
Network
supports
services. controls
ECSC
But theof
parameter
the location is time
one
function.
operators Network
could
the configuration
interval
broadcasts
decide and
if to theallow
Early parameters
depends upon of BTS.
T3212
category parameter
MS emergency call
timer.
service Network
informationfor theto MSsMS
Others classmark ECSC broadcasts Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
For
in the
without SIMto
thecell
call allor
drop
through
card
sending MSs in
caused
RIL3_RR
with the
by
SIMSYSTEM cell
radio
card whose by
control RIL3_RR
link
INFORMATION
access SYSTEM
failure
level TYPE3
is
IMSI attach/detach
INFORMATION
resulted by TYPE3
from
message.determines
disabled
allowed burst
current
message.
interference
If cell
there
cell, for T3212
is aorcell
example
if
timer allows
is one ofIMSI
the
high
the building,
in another
police
Attach/Detach MS
station.
Periodical system
could control
originate
frequency
Select ‘Yes’
procedure. band
IMSI in
for
location parameters.
call re-
the adjacent
Emergency callcell
Others T3212 detach occur when 0~255, 360s 10 10 10 10 10 10
updating The setting
establishment
forreports
handover
allowed of
orthis
to switch-
enable the
MS
parameter will
timer process
current
this
off to
function.
or when restore
cellthe itself
SIM
affect
the the
call.
is extended
Network overall
However,
GSM
broadcasts
card is taken
service out
performance
the
from network
cellparameter
and MS.
the the
and utilization
determines
function
information ofif to
early
to MS
The
rate network
of radio
allow
category
in the cell
(normally classmark
through
VLR)
Call re- resources
reestablishment
sending
RIL3_RR of the
control by
SYSTEM is
CallReestabl marks
network.‘Detach’
For the
Others establishme enabling
enabled,
INFORMATION
flag in Call re-
setTYPE1,
ECSC
subscriber Yes/No No No No No No No
ish area with
establishment higher
nt allowed as 2bis,
2, ‘Yes’,
information 3 and 4,
table.
traffic,
allowed.
otherwise
message. the
setperiod
Call as
re-
Such
could procedure
be bigger
Network broadcasts
‘No’. the network
establishment
assists
(for
the example
parameter
allowed is one 16of or
to
20 prevent
thehours,
information
network
unnecessary
even
to 25
MS
paging
hours);
in for through
the cell
function the
broadcast
area with message
ordinary
Emergency Emergency RIL3_RR
parameters.
to MS. SYSTEM
Accordingly,
Others traffic,
INFORMATION the value
TYPE1, Yes/No No No No No No No
call allowed Call No: IMSI
the Do not allow
of
2, T3212 Attach
2bis,
Emergency could
3 be
andthat
call 4,
for
process
smaller means
(for
message.
MSs MS
the whose Call
access
reports re-
example 3
establishment
level is the or 6
0~9. For
entering
hours); for theof
allowed
the MSs is
working whoseone
status to
area
the with
network
access level extreme
isthe
the network
overload or
traffic,
IMSI function
11~15,
MS if after
checks its the
ImsIadAllow it is recommended
parameters.
corresponding
Others attach/detac SIM
to card
set is re-
T3212 as 0. Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
ed access control
inserted into the bit
h allowed
is if
MS T, the LAI emergency
where
callMS
the isis also not
located
allowed.
is consistent with
Yes:original
the Allow one
Emergency
saved. call the
If yes, for
all MSs.
IMSI Attach GSMprocess
specifications
will be started;
define emergency
otherwise, the
call phone
location number
updating
as 112, will
process whichbe is
different
started from
instead.
Chinese
The emergency
network
call, but VLR)
(normally 112 is
generally
marks connected
‘Attach’
to the
flag inautomatic
subscriber
voice service
information to
table.
Defined according
to user
requirement.
If user selects When the
subcell used, the value of
system may DCS1800/P
automatically add CS1900
SubCellUse "power control 2" supported
Others Subcell used node under cell Yes/No
(FuncExt) is No No No No No No
d node, used to
control cell power. DCS1800, it
If the user selects value range
don't use subcell, is GSM900,
"power control 2" EXT900,
node may be DCS1800,
When "Cell
Frequency
SubFreqBan automatically
Set the frequency GSM850;
Type GSM GSM GSM GSM
Others band of deleted. GSM900 GSM900
d band of subCell. When the
(CellType)" 900 900 900 900
subCell
value
is non-of
DCS1800/P
extended
CS1900
cell, value
supported
range is 0 ~
It represents the (FuncExt)
63,default is
Cell PCS1900,
TA Max TaMax maximum TA value is 63;it 63 63 63 63 63 63
Selection supported by value
extended cell. When range
"Cell
is GSM900,
Type
BSC can allocate EXT900,
(CellType)"
the suitable TCH PCS1900,
is extended
Allowed channel when an MS GSM850.
cell, value
FACCH call attempts to access range is 0 ~
FacchCallIn the network, and
Others setup after Yes/No
219,default Yes No No No No No
d_0 there is no SDCCH
emergency available in the value is 219.
call cell. That is the
BSC can allocate
so-called FACCH
the
callsuitable TCH
establishment.
Allowed channel when an MS
FACCH call attempts to access
FacchCallIn the network, and
Others setup when Yes/No Yes No No No No No
d_1 there is no SDCCH
page available in the
respond cell. That is the
BSC can allocate
so-called FACCH
the
callsuitable TCH
establishment.
channel when an MS
Allowed call attempts to access
FacchCallIn the network, and
Others setup on Yes/No Yes No No No No No
d_2 there is no SDCCH
FACCH available in the
cell. That is the
BSC can allocate
so-called FACCH
the
callsuitable TCH
establishment.
channel when an MS
Allowed call attempts to access
FacchCallIn the network, and
Others reestablishe Yes/No Yes No No No No No
d_3 there is no SDCCH
d on FACCH available in the
cell. That is the
so-called FACCH
call establishment.
This parameter
Support determines if to
RepeatACC
Others Repeated use FACCH/SACCH Yes/No No No No No No No
H retransmission
ACCH
function.

0:不支持
INFO1[0] TLV格式;
Others It indicates delay 0 0 0 0 0 0
bit1 1:支持TLV
of TRX forcible 格式
release. During
BCCH handover, if
you select the
carrier with
Delay of existing service as
Others TRX forcible TrxRel BCCH carrier after 20- 60 60 60 60 60 60
handover, you can 200,100ms
release inform the service
and handover to
other carrier.
Release the service
on this carrier
DTX after timer is
Others bandwidth Info_0_8 timeout. 20 -100,% 50 50
factor
On disconnection at
Abis, if the time
from disconnection
Abis alarm AbisAlmDela to recovery is
Others shorter than the
RACH Receiving 0-60,s 0 0 0 0 0 0
delay time yTime delay
signaltime,
leveldo not
send the for busy
threshold
disconnection
burst is the
alarm.
threshold for
RACH receiving signal
Receiving level in RACH
RachBuysTh bursts. If the 0~63, -(110-
CCCH Load signal level Average 63 63 63 63 63 63
s value isbursts
exceeded Ths)dbm
threshold for count
(that surveyed
is less than by
busy burst RACH
RACH Receiving the
specifies
number
signal of bursts
level
measured
thresholdon forRACH.
busy
RACH
burstchannel
dBm), system
Average overloads if
considers that as a
bursts count receiving
busy RACH.signal
CCCH Load AvgSlots 0~100, burst 60 60 60 60 60 60
surveyed by levels of this
RACH parameter BP are
When
less load
than degree
RACH in
RACH channel
Receiving for
signal
BTS
levelexceeds thisfor
threshold
threshold,
busy burst.BTS BTS
CCCH load sends CCCH LOAD
uses this
CcchLoadIN INDICATION
parameter. message 0~100, %
CCCH Load indication 80 80 80 80 80 80
DThs_0 periodically to (≥)
(RACH) iBSC until load
When
degreeload
in degree
RACH in
PCH channel
channel for BTS
doesn't
exceeds
According this
exceed this to the
threshold,
GSM standard,
threshold BTSBTS
value.
CCCH load CCCH LOAD
sends periodical
indication CcchLoadIN INDICATION
message CCCH message
LOAD 0~100, %
CCCH Load 80 80 80 80 80 80
(PAGCHRA DThs_1 periodically
INDICATION
CBC serviceto isto
BSC
an (≥)
CH) iBSC
as until
long
important load
asservice
CCCH
degree in PCH
(RACH+PCH+AGCH)
provided by mobile
channel doesn't
exceeds
communication
BA indication ofthe
exceed
threshold
system,
BCCH. thisvaluecell
mainly
Adjacent set
used
threshold
in
to O&M
list value.
until
distribute
can be the
CCCH Load CCCH is not over
information
broadcasted to BCCH
on the
CcchLoadIn
CCCH Load Indication the
and threshold
mobile value
subscribers
transferred on 1 ~ 255, s 2 2 2 2 2 2
dPrd any more.
Period within The
SACCH. certain
adjacent
CCCH load
geographical
cell list
indication
location area.
transferred periodThe
on BCCH
parameter
difference
can defines
from P2P
be different
the period
sms service
from of
that on SACCH.
sending
When MS CCCH
contains: LOAD
receiver
reports the
Not RF INDICATION
related
CBC
SmsCbUsed for P2P smsmessage.
measurement is
data of Yes/No No No No No No No
supported This parameter
specific cell,
adjacent mobile is
Parameters one of the
subscriber,
either BTS
BCCH but
To save energy
configuration
receiver
adjacent for CBC
cell and
list is
reduce
allSACCH
or consumption,
parameters.
mobile adjacent
BTS
cell system
subscribers
list willshall
within
be
turn offarea,
certain
referred. PA offset
Not RF voltage while
including external
Therefore, close
to know
Start PA StartPAPow power for
subscribers
which idle
adjacentroaming
cell
related Yes/No No No No No No No
Power Off erOff timeslots.l
in this
list area. If
is referred by
Parameters configuring on BTS,
Thisaparameter
MS, BA indication
FPGA can
identifies
is determine
added when if this
if
cellPAsupports
offset the
transferring
voltage shall
function cell
adjacent of cellbe
list
turned
on BCCH off. SACCH.
broadcasting short
Not RF Switch Flag It marksandif "Switch
StartTRXPo message.
When
Flag reporting
of Ceil TRX the
related of Ceil TRX measurement result, Yes/No No No No No No No
werOff Power Off" is
Parameters Power Off MS notifies the
enabled.
network side about
the corresponding
BA indication of
the referred
Not RF adjacent cell list.
related BA Show BcchBaInd As a result, the 0, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
network side
Parameters recognizes which
adjacent cell list
this MS uses.
LAPDM This parameter
T200 is the
describes thetimer
BS
timer used used on various
Not RF indication value
for control
when the adjacentin
channels
related T200_0 1~7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1
controlling LAPDm protocol
cell list beingof
Parameters BTS. There are
the SDCCH transferred on 7
channel kinds
BCCH. ofIn T200.
the case
of transferring
adjacent cell list
on SACCH, the BA
indication value
used is the reverse
of the parameter.
0: BA Show
(BcchBaInd) value
on BCCH (System
message 2, 2bis,
2ter) is 0; BA Show
(BcchBaInd) value
on SACCH (System
message 5, 5bis,
Lapdm T200 is the timer
Not RF Timer for used on various
related controlling T200_1 control channels in 1~7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1
LAPDm protocol of
Parameters facch/full BTS. There are 7
rate channel kinds of T200.

Lapdm T200 is the timer


Not RF Timer for used on various
related controlling T200_2 control channels in 1~7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1
LAPDm protocol of
Parameters facch/half BTS. There are 7
rate channel kinds of T200.

Lapdm T200 is the timer


Timer for used on various
Not RF
controlling control channels in 1~7, 10ms
related T200_3 2 2 2 2 2 2
sacch with LAPDm protocol of
Parameters BTS. There are 7
tch sapi0
channel kinds of T200.

Lapdm T200 is the timer


Timer for used on various
Not RF
controlling control channels in 1~7, 10ms
related T200_4 2 2 2 2 2 2
sacch with LAPDm protocol of
Parameters BTS. There are 7
sdcch
channel kinds of T200.
LAPDM
timer used T200 is the timer
Not RF for used on various
This parameter
control channels in
related controlling T200_5 decides if to add 1~7, 5ms 1 1 1 1 1 1
LAPDm protocol of
Parameters the SDCCH offset value
BTS. There arefor7
sapi3 Control
kinds ofchannel
T200. MAX
channel power level
parameter while
Lapdm T200 is the timer
sending access
Timer for used on various
request message on
Not RF
controlling control
RACH forchannels
According Class
to the 3 in
MS
related T200_6 1~7, 10ms 2 2 2 2 2 2
sacch with LAPDm protocol
of GSM1800.
GSM Theof
specification,
Parameters BTS. There are 7
tch sapi3 necessity
for Class 3 ofMSoffset
of
channel kinds
value
GSM of T200.
depends
1800, the on
Power offset power
transmission
indication,
for that
sending access
is, thismessage
request parameter on
Not RF decides
RACH if the
is to Power
Power offset POWEROF
related offsetof
value indication
Control Yes/No No No No No No No
indication FSETIND is valid. This
Parameters channel MAX power
parameter
level plusalso
a
affects MS
modified value.
calculating
Power offsetcell
selection the
specifies and cell
reselection
modified value. It
Not RF standards C1
related Power offset PowOffset determines ifandthis 0~3, 2db 0 0 0 0 0 0
C2.
parameter is valid.
Parameters Network
This broadcasts
parameter also
the parameter
affects the
information
calculation
This parameter to cell
of MSs
in the cell
selection
decides through
standard
maximum
RIL3_RR
C1 and of
number SYSTEM
cell candidate
NO. of INFORMATION TYPE3,
Not RF reselection
cells for handover
candidate CandidateN 4, 7 can
and be
standard 8
C2.
related that 1~16 6 6 6 6 6 6
cells for um messages.
Network
contained broadcasts
in BSSAP
Parameters
handover the parameter
HANDOVER REQUIRED
information
message fromto BSCMSsto
in the cell through
MSC.
RIL3_RR SYSTEM
Cell SupportTYPE3,
INFORMATION
Encryption Yes/No; bit1:
Not RF BCCH
CanBcchExc This and 8 Mode is
4, 7 parameter use cipher
related switch the encryption
decides
messages. if the mode
cell Yes/No No No No No No No
h supported byswitch.
BTS. mode or not:
Parameters allowed allows BCCH
The required bit2: A5/1
encryption support or
algorithm is not: bit3: Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
contained in BSSAP A5/2 support No, No, No, No,
CipherMode CIPHER MODE COMMAND or not: bit4: No, No, No, No,
Not RF Cell Support or BSSAP ASSIGNMENT Yes, No, No, Yes, No, No,
-0~ A5/3 support No, No, No, No,
related Encryption REQUEST or BSSAP No, No, No, No, No, No,
CipherMode HANDOVER COMMAND or not: bit5: No, No, No, No,
Parameters Mode No, No No, No
-7 message sent by the A5/4 support No, No, No, No,
MSC side. By or not: bit6: No, No, No, No,
checking this A5/5support No No No No
parameter, BSC can or not: bit7:
learn if the cell A5/6 support
supports this or not: bit8:
required encryption A5/7 support
algorithm to give a or not:
proper response.
According to GSM
specification, TRX
sends periodic
OVERLOAD message to
notify BSC until
overload
disappears.
Not RF Overload Overload sending
This parameter
related sending OverloadPrd period
provides specifies
a check 1 ~ 255,s 2 2 2 2 2 2
Parameters period period
function for TRX to
about 0 ~
send OVERLOAD
23 time points. You
message.
can enable It is one
of the
measurement data
configuration
report at different
parameters
points. Each oftime
BTS 根据需要采
Not RF Checked,
MR report MrRptTimeB (all
pointTRXs under BTS
indicates a 集的MR数据
related use same period). unchecked Unchecked - - - -
time bitmap mp hour, within 0~23 时间段进行
Parameters hours. (0~23hr) 设置
Only if checking
corresponding time
Click Select report
and enabling
button,
functionaabout
windows
Not RF pops up, select
measurement the
report
related Template file - template
data, MR file
data incan - -
local path; click
be reported.
Parameters Clear button to
clear selected
template files.

S8001 HBTSSCAN It indicates the


begin time of HBTS 0-23 4 4 4 4 4 4
related BT scanning.

S8001 HBTSSCAN It indicates the


HBTS scanning 1-10,24h 1 1 1 1 1 1
related CYC cycle.
suggestion value difference scene
high speed vast indoor
suburb
railway
1800 900M coverage
1800 900M coverage
1800 900M 1800
M M M M

12 10 12 8 10 10 12

No No No No No No No

No, No, No, No, No, No, No,


No
No, No
No, No
No, No
No, No
No, No
No, No
No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No,
112 No,
112 No,
112 No,
112 No,
112 No,
112 No,
112
No No No No No No No

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

[0,10, [0,10, [0,10, [0,10, [0,10, [0,10, [0,10,


15,20, 15,20, 15,20, 15,20, 15,20, 15,20, 15,20,
25,63] 25,63] 25,63] 25,63] 25,63] 25,63] 25,63]

31 31 31 31 31 31 31

Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Yes Yes Yes No No No No

No No No No No Yes Yes

No No No No No No No

60 60 60 60 60 50 50

50 50 50 50 50 50 50

50 50 50 50 50 70 70

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

70 70 70 70 70 70 70

No No No No No No No
20 20 20 20 20 20 20

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No No

No No No No No Yes Yes

No No No No No No No

not not not not not not not


use use use use use use use
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
6,9 6,9 6,9 6,9 6,9 6,9 6,9
,13 ,13 ,13 ,13 ,13 ,13 ,13
,18 ,18 ,18 ,18 ,18 ,18 ,18
,24 ,24 ,24 ,24 ,24 ,24 ,24
,31 ,31 ,31 ,31 ,31 ,31 ,31
,39 ,39 ,39 ,39 ,39 ,39 ,39

3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4 3,4


,3, ,3, ,3, ,3, ,3, ,3, ,3,
5,5 5,5 5,5 5,5 5,5 5,5 5,5
,5, ,5, ,5, ,5, ,5, ,5, ,5,
6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Start Start Start Start Start Start Start


mode mode mode mode mode mode mode
codec codec codec codec codec codec codec

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

No No No No No No No

No, No, No, No, No, No, No,


Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,
No No No No No No No

22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2


5,29 5,29 5,29 5,29 5,29 5,29 5,29
,34 ,34 ,34 ,34 ,34 ,34 ,34
,40 ,40 ,40 ,40 ,40 ,40 ,40

4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5 4,5


,5, ,5, ,5, ,5, ,5, ,5, ,5,
6,6 6,6 6,6 6,6 6,6 6,6 6,6

Start Start Start Start Start Start Start


mode mode mode mode mode mode mode
codec codec codec codec codec codec codec

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
No No No No No No No

AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR AMR


quick quick quick quick quick quick quick
rate rate rate rate rate rate rate
adjust adjust adjust adjust adjust adjust adjust
ment ment ment ment ment ment ment
mode mode mode mode mode mode mode

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

14 14 14 14 14 14 14

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

10 10 10 10 10 15 10

63 63 63 63 63 63 63

GSM: GSM: GSM: GSM: GSM: GSM: GSM:


5; 5; 5; 5; 5; 5; 5;
DCS1 DCS1 DCS1 DCS1 DCS1 DCS1 DCS1
800:0 800:0 800:0 800:0 800:0 800:0 800:0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

48 20 20 64 64 32 32

48 20 20 64 64 32 32
48 20 20 64 64 32 32

48 20 20 64 64 32 32

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

63 63 63 63 63 63 63

[0,1,2, [0,1,2, [0,1,2, [0,1,2, [0,1,2, [0,1,2, [0,1,2,


3,4,5, 3,4,5, 3,4,5, 3,4,5, 3,4,5, 3,4,5, 3,4,5,
6,7] 6,7] 6,7] 6,7] 6,7] 6,7] 6,7]

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


No No No No No No No

GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM GSM


900 900 900 900 900 900 900

63 63 63 63 63 63 63

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

60 60 60 60 60 60 60
0 0 0 0 0 0 0

63 63 63 63 63 63 63

60 60 60 60 60 60 60

80 80 80 80 80 80 80

80 80 80 80 80 80 80

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No No No

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

No No No No No No No

Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes, Yes,


No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No, No, No, No, No, No, No,
No No No No No No No
2 2 2 2 2 2 2

- - - - - - -

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
suggestion value difference
high scene
dence urban speed
value suburb
Category
Parameter Paramete parameter
range default recomand ares/urban ares railway
Name (EN) r Code explain value value 1800 Co- 1800 1800
&unit 900M M BCCH 900M M 900M M

Operation Assign
control query Whether queue is allowed if no channel is applied
AssQueEna Yes/No YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
on assignment.
parameters enable
Operation Internal
control redirection InDREnabl Determine whether to allow
other cells Yes/No
in BSC if YES
channel
YES request
no any channel
from YES
YES
is requested. YES No No No No
parameters enable
Operation Outer
control redirection Determine whether to allow channel request from
OutDREnab Yes/No No No No No No No No No No
the cells out of BSC if no any channel is requested.
parameters enable
Operation Assign Determine whether to allow preemption of the
control preemption AssPreemp channel occupied
Yes/Noby the
YESsubscriber
YES with lower
No No No No No No No
parameters enable priority if no any channel is requested.
BSC
Operation
intracell
control HoIntraEn Determine w Yes/No YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
handover
parameters
enable
Operation BSC cell
control handover HoInterEn Determine w Yes/No YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
parameters enable
Operation BSC outer
control handover HoOutEnab Determine w Yes/No YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
parameters enable
Operation SDCCH
control handover SHoEnable Determine w Yes/No No No No No No No No No No
parameters enable
Operation TCH/F
control handover TFHoEnabl Determine w Yes/No YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
parameters enable
Operation TCH/H
control handover THHoEnabl Determine w Yes/No YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
parameters enable
Operation Handover
control query HoQueEnab Determine w Yes/No YES No No No No No No No No
parameters enable
Operation Handover
control preemption HoPreEnab Determine w Yes/No YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
parameters enable It is used to identify which kind of handover
Handover criteria algorithm is used.
Operation 0: DZD handover algorithm 1
check
control HoA 1: DZD handover algorithm 2 0 0
[0, 10] - - - - - - -
arithmetic .......
parameters
choose 9: DZD handover algorithm 10
Operation Handover 10: reserved
control request Determine whether MSC shall respond messages
HoACK Need/No n No need Need - - - - - - -
on BSC outer handover
parameters response
Operation
Force
control FacchOnly First use TCH/F service
Yes/No No channelNOon immediate
- - - - - - -
FACCH assignment of channel request.
parameters
TBF
establishme Two phase
nt and access
TwoPhaseA Determine w Yes/No Yes No No No No No No No No
release

Suspend&R Resume set Ope Ope Ope Ope Ope Ope Ope
ResumeSet Determine w Open/Clos Open Open
esume option n n n n n n n
Use system FUC is done by system message mothod while all
message MSC overloaded or SP congested (FUC shall be
FUC method started for this kind of overload).
MscSysInf Use system message
FUC/Syste
mode, FUCdisablesFUC
FUC that is, some FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC FUC
Parameters when MSC MS access based on ACCN parameter in system
overload or messages; use FUC mode, that is, disable some
link block MS access based on random number on RACH.
threshold of system message control method. It
FUC
Start limit CpuSysInf means if CPU0 utilization
~ 100,% exceeds
65 65 this threshold
65 65 65 65 65 65 65
Parameters and "Start system message method" parameter is
FUC Yes, FUC can
threshold be done
of FUC by system
control message
method. control
It means if
Start limit CpuFucCtl CPU utilization
0 ~ 100,% 75
exceeds this75threshold and75
Start75 75 75 75 75 75
Parameters FUC flow control parameter is Yes, flow can be
The MAX
control level
FUC
for MSC MscFlcMax It indicates0 allowed
~or10linkMAX control
6 6 level while6 MSC 6 6 6 6 6 6
Parameters is overloaded is blocked.
overload or
link block
duration for idle SDCCH channel by the network shen
Handover dynamic configured SDCCH function is enabled in
parameters Scan the cell. When network enables dynamic configured
ScanSdcch SDCCH function,
10 ~ the
1000network100 30
may periodically 30
check 30 30 30 30 30 30
of BCCH SDCCH idle SDCCH channels in the cell according to this
and SD parameter,
duration toidle
for decide conversion
BCCH channel bycondition. This
the network shen
Handover parameter
dynamic can reflect
configured BCCHresponse time
function for thisin
is enabled case
thedue
parameters cell. When network enables dynamic configured
Scan BCCH ScanBcch BCCH function, 600 the
~ 900 may 3000
network3000 periodically3000
check3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
of BCCH idle BCCH carrier state in the cell according to this
and SD parameter, to decide conversion condition. This
Handover parameter can reflect response time for this case due
BCCH The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user
parameters shall check 20
the~ state
starting BcchDelay 1800 of BCCH
1200 carrier
1200 after1200
timer1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
of BCCH timeout. Formally start switchover flow if switchover
delay is required indeed.
and SD
Handover The initial delay for BCCH switchover. The user
BCCH
parameters
ReBcchEx shall
check 20
the~ state of BCCH
1200 carrier
finishing 1200 after1200
timer1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
1800
of BCCH timeout. Formally start switchover flow if switchover
delay is required indeed.
and SD
It indicates delay of TRX forcible release. During
Handover BCCH handover, if you select the carrier with existing
Delay of
parameters service as BCCH
20 ~ carrier10 after handover,
TRX forcible TrxRel 10 you10can 10 10 10 10 10 10
200,
of BCCH inform the service and handover to other carrier.
release Release the service on this carrier after timer is
and SD
timeout.
Handover It indicates delay of TS forcible release. During
Delay of TS dynamic config SDCCH converted to TCH, first
parameters
forcible TsRel handover the5 service 10
~ 200,1 on this10timeslot 10
to other 10 10 10 10 10 10
of BCCH timeslots, and release the service on this timeslot
release
and SD after timer is timeout.
This parameter is delay protection timer, which is
Handover used to indicate response timeout timer after waiting
parameters Delay
MaxDelay for
BTS configuration
~ 24 finishing
while dynamic
1800 1800config
1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
1200 is 1800
of BCCH protection BCCH or SDCCH function enabled and dynamic
and SD conversion condition is met. Restart flow after timer
is timeout.
Handover This parameter is used to indicate whether dynamic
TCH- configured SDCCH function is enabled and conversion
parameters
>SDCCH MinSdcch threshold from2 ~ TCH
64 (<
to SDCCH. 4Only4 when idle4 SDCCH4 4 4 4 4 4
of BCCH is lower than this threshold, the conversion from TCH
limit
and SD to SDCCH
This can beis
parameter done.
used to enable dynamic config
Handover SDCCH function in the cell. After TCH is dynamically
parameters SDCCH- converted to SDCCH channel and SDCCH channel is
TimeToTch idle, to prevent
0 ~ 24from frequent 0 channel conversion,
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
of BCCH >TCH delay a time limit will be added for the conversion from
and SD SDCCH channel to TCH channel. During this limit,
The MAX SDCCH channel can not be converted to TCH channel.
Handover
cells'amount
parameters
of MaxChange It controls 1the~ 8MAX numberin
handovered simultaneously
of2 cells
2
a module.
that can
2 be 2 2 2 2 2 2
of BCCH
simultaneou
and SD
sly handover
Other MR server
MRSVRIP MR server I Input IP with 4 bytes,
0.0.0.0 - xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
- - (xxx- is - - - -
parameters IP 0~255)
Other MR server
MRSVRPORT MR server p [0, 65535 0 - - - - - - - -
parameters port
Voice quality inspects the weight of influence
Other factors. This parameter indicates BER weight.
BER weight VoiceQual system calculate
0 ~ 65535 1 The1
1 1voice quality 1 1 1 1 1
parameters the weight of level
Voice quality inspects the weight of influence
while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Other factors. This parameter indicates FER weight.
FER weight VoiceQual system calculate
0 ~ 65535 1 The1
1 1voice quality 1 1 1 1 1
parameters the weight of level
Voice adding
while qualityorinspects
reducingthe weight
these of influence
influence factors.
Handover factors. This parameter indicates handover
Other
frequence VoiceQual frequency weight.
0 ~ 65535 1
The system 1calculate the1weight1 1 1 1 1 1
parameters of voice quality level while adding or reducing
weight
Voice quality inspects
these influence factors. the weight of influence
Other
DTX weight VoiceQual factors. This
0 ~parameter
65535 indicates
1 1 DTX weight.1 The1 1 1 1 1 1
parameters system calculate the weight of voice quality level
while adding or reducing these influence factors.
Voice quality inspects the weight of influence
Coding factors. This parameter indicates coding decode
Other
decode VoiceQual weight. The 0system
~ 65535 1 weight of1voice1
calculate 1the 1 1 1 1 1
parameters quality level while adding or reducing these
weight
influence
Voice factors.
quality inspects the weight of influence
Abis
Other transmission factors. This parameter indicates the weight of
VoiceQual Abis transmission
0 ~ 65535 1 system calculate
error code.1 The 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
parameters error code the weight of voice quality level while adding or
weight reducing these influence factors.
Other factors. This parameter indicates delay weight.
Delay weight VoiceQual The system calculate 1 1 of voice quality
0 ~ 65535 the weight 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
parameters level while adding or reducing these influence
A port
Other resource It describes proportion threshold while alarm
ResLimit_0occurs by PCM
0 ~at100,% 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
parameters block A interface.
threshold
NSVC
Other resource It describes proportion threshold while alarm
ResLimit_1occurs by NSVC
0 ~ at
100,% 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
parameters block Gb interface.
threshold
Channel
Other resource
ResLimit_ It describes0 proportion
~ 100,% threshold
80 80 while alarm
80 80 80 80 80 80 80
parameters block occurs in radio channel.
threshold

Other Subcell busy


ResLimit_ It is used as
40 constraint
~ 100, condition
80 80 for traffic
80 shift
80 80 80 80 80 80
parameters threshold and frag concentration.

IBS It describes IBS shutdown limit, when the cell can


IBS do IBS shutdown inspection, if 30 traffic in current
shutdown DownLimit cell is lower
0 ~than
70,%this threshold,
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
parameters this cell need
limit close a carrier.
It describes IBS powerup threshold. If traffic in
IBS IBS powerup
ByUpLimit current
cell0 exceeds this threshold, it is60 considered
~ 90,% 60 60 closed 60 60 60 60 60 60
parameters limit this cell shall enable the carrier during IBS
shutdown.
It indicates the resource utilization threshold for
IBS urgent powerup in IBS shutdown function, after
IBS
powerover PowerOver occupying channel
70 ~ 95, 90 this threshold,
proportion90over 90 90 90 90 90 90 90
parameters immediately enable the carriers that is closed
limit
during IBS shutdown.
TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX TRX
IBS IBS power Carrier priority > TRX>interf
interference>inteband >inte >inte >inte
, interference >inte >inte >inte
BYPOWERPR It describe band > carrier
Carrier p erence only as
priority, rfere
per rfere rfere rfere
interference rfere rfere rfere
parameters priority band, only as per carrier
band priority nce nce nce nce nce nce nce
band band band band band band band
function enabled, in hour. Based on time segment
IBS IBS time configuration, BSC decides whether current time
DwDownPow Unchecked Null
0 ~ 23,小时(勾选)
parameters bitmap belongs to the segment of IBS shutdown function,
then check whether the cell allows to disable IBS
BCCH It indicates BCCH forbbiden TS merger time
IBS forbbiden TS
BCCHForbi bitmap,
in hour. Intelligent TRX
Nullshutdown decides
0 ~ 23,小时(勾选)
Unchecked
parameters merger time whether traffic of other carrier can migrate to
bitmap BCCH carrier.
Report CDT
Not RF flow
CDTFLOWTHRES 0~60000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
related threshold of
inform
Report
successful
Not RF
intra-bsc CDTOPTION0 Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
related
handover
info
Not RF Report ps
CDTOPTION1 Yes/No Yes No No No No No No No No
related info
Report
Not RF
location CDTOPTION2 Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
related
update info

Report short
Not RF
message CDTOPTION3 Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
related
info

Report
Not RF
access CDTOPTION4 Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
related
failure info
Report
Not RF relevant
CDTOPTION5 Yes/No No No No No No No No No No
related signalling of
CS failure
Report
relevant
Not RF
internal CDTOPTION6 Yes/No No No No No No No No No No
related
message of
CS failure
Report
measureme
Not RF
nt report of CDTOPTION7 Yes/No No No No No No No No No No
related
location
update
Report
measureme
Not RF
nt report of CDTOPTION8 Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
related
short
message
Report
measureme
Not RF
nt report of CDTOPTION9 Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
related
normal call
release
lue difference scene
vast indoor
coverage coverage
1800 1800
900M M 900M M

YES YES YES YES

No No YES YES

No No No No

No No No No

YES YES YES YES

YES YES YES YES

YES YES YES YES

No No No No

YES YES YES YES

YES YES YES YES

No No No No

YES YES YES YES

- - - -

- - - -

- - - -

No No No No

Ope Ope Ope Ope


n n n n
FUC FUC FUC FUC

65 65 65 65

75 75 75 75

6 6 6 6

30 30 30 30

3000 3000 3000 3000

1200 1200 1200 1200

1200 1200 1200 1200

10 10 10 10

10 10 10 10

1800 1800 1800 1800

4 4 4 4

6 6 6 6

2 2 2 2

- - - -

- - - -

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

80 80 80 80

80 80 80 80

80 80 80 80

80 80 80 80

30 30 30 30

60 60 60 60

90 90 90 90

TRX TRX TRX TRX


>inte >inte >inte >inte
rfere rfere rfere rfere
nce nce nce nce
band band band band

2000 2000 2000 2000

Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No
No No No No

No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes


suggestion value difference sce
dence urban
value defaul recoma ares/urban ares suburb
Parameter Parameter
Category parameter explain range t nd
Name (EN) Code &unit value value 900M 1800M Co- 900M 1800M
BCCH

This parameter
Uplink determines to enable or
Power
power PwrControl disable MS
Control uplink power control in Yes/No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
control Ul the cell. This power
Related
allowed control is
only effective to TCH/F.

Downlink This parameter It


Power
power PwrControl determines if to
Control Yes/No can
enable or disable BTS Power No No Yes Yes Yes No No
control Dl downlink power increas be
Related
allowed control in the cell. e step divid
can be
divided
ed
into into
four four
It describes increase
During
step, thethevalue of kinds: kinds
Power PC FR, : FR,
PWRINCS communication
each power
MS
between
and variation. It
Control increasing control HR, HR, 2 2~4 2~4 2~4 2~4 2~4
TEP BTS,
appliesthetotransmission
both AMR
Related step power AMR
uplinkis andcontrolled
downlink FR,
by the
directions. FR,
and
network. The network
AMR
and
sets the power for MS AMR
through the power HR.
It describes
command and thedecrease Value HR.
During
step, the
command thevalue of range Defau
It
Power PC communication
each power between MAX lt
PWRRED isMS
transmitted
and(SACCH
on is 2, 4,
can 2
Control descreasin control
SACCH variation.
has 2 It 2/4,db
power
and 6. value 2 2 2 2 2 2
STEP BTS, the transmission
applies to both be
Related g step header
power is controlled
level of is 2.
uplink one
bytes, and isdownlink
the MS can divid
by thecontrol byte
directions.
power
network. The network be ed
and the
sets
othertheis power for MS
the timing
divided into
through
advance thebyte).power into four
command
MS must and the the
extract four kinds
It 900
Power MAX
command
power control header kinds:
: FR, 900M: M:5
MSTXPW isfromtransmitted on
downward SACCH MIN
FR, can 5
Control power level MIN
power HR, 5 0 1800 5 0
RMAX SACCH (SACCH
and takes thehas 2 HR,
power
be 1800M
Related of MS header
specified level
AMR of AMR
divid M:
bytes, one ispower
transmission the as level
MS of
can FR, :0
power
outputcontrol
power. byte
FR,
BS can ed 0
If the be
and and
and
powerthe be
divided
into
other is the
level of MS cannottiming AMR
divided AMR
four
into
HR.
advance
output the byte).
power into
four
HR.
kinds
MS mustit
value, extract the Value
four Defau
Power power control
This parameter header kinds:
range : FR, 900M:
MIN power MSTXPW willfrom
output the
downward
controls the SACCH
kinds:
FR,
is 0~
lt
HR, 16
Control closest transmission FR, value 16 12 16 12
Related
level of MS RMIN and takes
thatthepower
transmission
power HR,
31.
HR,
AMR 1800M
specified
during
can be output. During AMR is 5.
FR, :15
transmission
communication
BSC power control,power
betweenas AMR
FR, It
output
MS
thisand power.
BTS. SACCHIf the FR, and
and can
power
carries
parameter determines and
AMR
AMR
level of MS cannot
the command
maximum with 2 AMR be
HR.
HR.
output
header
This the
bytes power
parameter
transmission HR.
Value
divid
Defau
value,
specifiesit
information the minimum
power available for Value ed
Power MIN power MIN
range It
lt
BSTXPWR will
MS inoutput
(power
interval
closest
control
the of thebyte
cell. BSC
transmission range
interval
is 0 ~ into
can
value
Control level of and
alsotiming
power advance
control. 11 11 11 11 11 11
MIN power
byte) that
from is
31.0 ~
of four
be
is
Related BTS Usually,
uses it MScalculate
to still 15.
can
PBGTbe
BSC
sendsto output.
BTS.
two
value. When
During
measurement power kinds
divid
16.
BSC is performing
control,
reports this
with the The
control :edFR,
power
parameterpower
original determines
to BSC maxim
can be
control,
the minimum this um
HR,
into
after divided
parameter
transmission
enabling is the
the power power
into
AMR
four
minimal
(that is,
control. transmission
Signal level level of
four FR,
kinds
MIN power
lower limit is,
(that
information lower
of power
Power limit BTS
kinds:is : FR,
control) power
of
interval of PCMININT contained available
in the Pn.
Control
power ERVAL control)
for BTS in
reports is the
inaccurate
FR, HR, 2 2 2 2 2 2
Related that
cell. canbebe used by 􀂃 0:
HR, AMR
control and can
MS in the cell. Pn;
AMR
ignored (information
􀂃 1:
FR,
such as adjacent cell FR,
Pn-2
and
and
information
is still valid). Thus dB;
AMR AMR
a minimum interval of ...
HR. HR.
power 􀂃 15:
Value Defau
control is needed and Pn-30
range lt
signal level dB
information during is 1 ~ value
the interval can be 32. is 2.
ignored.
Rapid power
control process is an
option of BSC. Rapid
power
control can decrease
This parameter
interference of the
determines
whole the
availability
system and meet of the
the
needrapid power power
of dynamic
Downlink control
control process.
of rapidly
Power rapid Rapid power
DIRapidPcI moving
control
MS.
process
Control power The amplitude ofis an Yes/No No No No No No No No
nd option of BSC.used
power control Rapid by
Related control power
This
rapidparameter
power is set
indication control
for
control can
preventing decrease
process MSeach
interference
from
time call
is no longerof the a
whole
drop
fixeddue to fast
system
power and
but meet
value,control. Itthe
an integer
need of dynamic
corresponds
multiple of tocellpower
Uplink control ofquality
rapidly
different
parameter
Power rapid moving MS. example,
UIRapidPcI level. For
power control step
Control power The amplitude
PwrDecrLimit
(increase and of Yes/No No No No No No No No
nd power control used the by
Related control [0] determines
decrease).
rapid
Speech
maximum power
data
power
This parameter is
indication control process
unavailable
decrease
determines for each
the
time
silent
limit is nocalls
period
for
availability longer
ofduringa
with
fixed
receiving
conversation.
the rapid quality
power GSM
value,
level 0but
specifications
control (Bitan integer
process.
multiple
recommend
Error rateof(BER)
cell [24,2 [24, [24, [24, [24, [24,
Power parameter
Discontinuous
<0.2%). This [24,2
Power 2,20, 22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2
control PwrDecrLi Transmission
power control
parameter step
is Mode 0~38,d 2,20,
Control (increase
(DTX) to and uplink 18,16 0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,
PwrDecrLi mit valid for both b 0,0,0
Related decrease).
control
and
Power optimal
downlink.
control isusage ,14,1 0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,
mit ,0,0]
of
This network
parameter
performed resources
at BTSisside
an 2,10] 0,0] 0,0] 0,0] 0,0] 0,0]
determines
during
array
and BSC such
of the
eightsilent
implements
availability
periods.
elements,
relevant of
performance
thethe
In
with rapid
DTXpower
element
statistics. mode,
length
BTS the
uses
Report control
measurement
of
In one
this GSM process.
byte.
parameter
system, datato
BSC
period of reported
PwrDecrLimit
decide
determines the if to
Power to
[n] BSC fall into
determines thetwo
measurem PwrCtrlRe periodicity
perform
types.
maximum One
to send
is the
power
Control
ent for portPrd
the
power control 1~254 240 240 240 240 240 240 240
Related decrease
average
preprocessed
according to power
Description:
power limit
of theavailable
measurement
According measurement
totoGSM foras
BSC
data.
control calls
results
an
BSCinput with
of
Specifications,
uses thequality
allaverage
timeslots
level
for
value n.
power
discontinuous in a
control
of measurement
measurement
The
datavalue
analysis.
transmission
to avoid period
range
This(DTX)of in
adverse
the
each non-DTX
element
parameter
refers
influences to isthemode,
is 0 and
in
caused ~
by
the
38,
process
abrupt other
unit of
in is the
SACCH
which
changes inthe
average
standing
multi-frame.
system
measurement of
forthe
does not 0 ~ 38dB
data due
Power
Uplink PcUlLevWi measurement
transmit
to
Control results
signals
complex in of some
the voice
1~31 6 2 2 2 2 2 2
power level ndow radio
Related special
intermittent
transmission.timeslots
period in
aduring
measurement
BTS uses this
period
the in the
to DTX
subscriber
parameter
mode. BSC needs
communication
calculate to
the window
optionally
process.
size for the average
select
In
valuethe one
DTX type
mode, of
the
In GSMof
measurement
uplink
system, dataBSCand
measurement
signal
determines ifdata
to
Power Uplink use
reported
strength, i.e. to
PcUlLevW theperform
data to calculate
Control level calculate
to
powerBSC fall the
control into
average
two 1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
eight the
value
types.average
One isvalue.
the
Related Weight according
The first
average
of the number
to
type of
of used
measurement
measurement data.
data is
of the
samples.
BSC usesmeasurement
the average
the
results
value
average ofof all
measurement
of the
timeslots
data to avoidin aadverse
measurement
measurementcaused results
periodby in
influences
of all
the
abruptnon-DTX
changes mode,
in and
timeslots,
the and
other isdata it
the due is
Power measurement
accurate.
Downlink PcdlLevWi average
to ofBut
thethe
Control second
measurement 1~31 6 2 2 2 2 2 2
power level ndow complex
type of radio
measurement
Related results of some
transmission.
data
specialis the average
timeslots in
BTS
of uses
the this
aparameter
measurementto
measurement
period in the results
calculate
of some the DTX
window
timeslots,
mode.
size BSC
for needs
the to
average
and it is
optionally
value
less
In GSM of downlink
accurate.
system, BSC
select
signal one type of
Therefore,
determines
measurement BSC,
if towhen
data
Power Downlink strength,
perform
averaging i.e. toand
use
calculate the average
Control level PcdlLevWei power
the
the control
measurement
data to calculate
1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Related Weight value
according
values, tovalue.
uses
thethe
of average
number of used
measurement
different
The first weightsdata.
type of
samples.
BSC
for uses
the the
two average
types of
measurement data is
value of
measurement
the measurement
data.
data
This to avoid
of theadverse
parameter
average
influences
measurementcaused
determines the by
weight
results
abrupt
for thechanges in
of all
Power Uplink measurement
first type of dataitdue
PcUlQual timeslots,
to
measurement
accurate. But
and
data
is
thewhen
Control quality 1~31 6 2 2 2 2 2 2
Window complex
averaging
second radio
Related level transmission.
uplink
type ofsignal
measurement
strength
BTS
datauses
is theforaverage
this power
control.
parameter
of the to
Weight
calculateforthe
measurement the window
second
results
size
type for the average
of measurement
of some timeslots,
value
data
and itisof
is uplink
set to 1 by
signal
default.
less accurate.
quality,
Therefore, i.e.
BSC, towhen
calculate
averaging the average
value of
the measurement
the number
values, usesof used
samples.
different weights
for the two types of
measurement data.
This parameter
system
the other does isnot
the
transmit
average of the
signals
measurement in the voice
intermittent
results of some period
during
special timeslots in
the subscriber
a measurement
communication
period in the DTX
process.
mode. BSC needs to
In
In theGSM DTX
optionally mode,
system, BSCthe
measurement
select
determines one type
ifdata
toof
Power Uplink reported
measurement
perform may data and
PcUlIQual Network
to fall not
BSCcontrol into two
Control quality use
power 1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Weight perform
types.
the data
handover
Oneto is theor
calculate
Related Weight according
power
average
to
the average
measurement
control value.
data.
if less
of
BSCthe
The first
uses measurement
type
the ofis
average
measurement
results of data
all
measurement
value of measurement
available data is
during
timeslots
the
data process.
to avoidin aadverse
call
measurement The in
period
average
influences
average of the
caused
calculating by
the non-DTX
measurement
abrupt changes mode,
in and
results
process
the other foris the
Power Downlink of
these all
measurement
processes datais due
PcDlQual average
timeslots,
to of the
and it is
Control quality enabled
measurement only when the 1~31 6 2 2 2 2 2 2
Window accurate.
complex radio
measured But the
Related level results
second
transmission.
data
of
reaches
some
a
special
type
BTS uses of timeslots
measurement
this size. in
certain
adata window
measurement
is the average
parameter
Common to
average
period
of the in the
calculate thenotDTX
window
process
mode. BSC
measurement does
needs to
resultstake
size for
place, the average
optionally
of
valuesome timeslots,
offive
downlink
for
selectthe measured
and
signal
valuesit one
is type
BSC receives.
of
Power Downlink measurement
quality, i.e. to and
less accurate. data
PcDlIQual BSC
use
Control quality Therefore,
directly BSC,
calculatecalculates
the when
average 1~3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Weight the data
averaging
value of to calculate
Related Weight the
the average
the average
measurement
number of
of the
value.
used
5
measured
The first type of
values,
samples.
values uses
if the fast
measurement
different data
weights is
average
the process is
for the
adopted. two types of
average
measurement of thedata.
There are
measurement three cases
results
This parameter
resulting in
of all
determines the weight
Power Fast insufficient
timeslots, anddata
it is
for
According
for to
calculating GSM the
Control average FastAvg accurate.
the first But
specifications, typetheof
power Yes/No No No No No No No No
average
second
measurement value, that
Related indication control
is, call decisionswhen
data
type of
averaging
depend measurement
uplink
upon received 0~
establishment
data isquality
the period,
average 63(0:<-
signal
average
after value
handover for
series
and
of
powerthe measurement
control.
of uplink signal 110dB
after
results of some
Weight
strength.
power for The second
control.the m;1:-
timeslots,
type
decision and After
of measurement
process it is
performing
less accurate.power is 110dB
data
as
control is set to 1 by m~-
Therefore,
default.
follows: ForBSC,
thewhen
Power Increase PCULINCL once,
According
averagingformer to measured
GSM 109dB
Control uplink level LEVTHSTh latest are
values N average
discarded 22~3 22~3 22~3 22~3 22~3
specifications,
the
values of uplinkpower
measurement m;…… 22 22~30 0 0 0 0 0
Related Threshold s in
control
values, decisions
uses 62:-
signal
situations where they
depend
different
strength, upon ifreceived
weights
P of 49dBm
could
average
for theresult
value
two in anthe
series
types of ~-
N values fall
error below
of uplink
measurement
relevant signal
data. 48dBm
control
strength.
This (measured
The
parameter
threshold
values value,
without the ;63:>-
decision
determines
increase process
MSthe is
weight
(uplink) 48dBm
influence
for
as the
transmission
on handover control ) (<)
Power Increase first
follows:
power type
to For ofthe the
improve
PCULINCL are
According
still
measurement
latest N existing).
to GSM when
average
data
Control uplink level uplink
In signal
specifications,
addition, oldpower 1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
LEVTHSP values
averaging
strength. of uplink
Related Value P control
downlinkdecisions
measured
signal values
signal are
depend
qualityupon
discarded
strength, forifreceived
P of the
power
average
after
Ncontrol.the
values value series
handover
fall below
of
has uplink
occurred
relevant
Weight for the signal
keeping
second
strength.
it
threshold The
value,
type of measurement
decision
from
increase
data is set process
causing to 1 is
error
MS (uplink) by
as
control
default.(the forward
transmission
Power Increase follows:
and
power For
to improve the the
PCULINCL According
latest
backward N to GSM
average
cells are in
Control uplink level uplink signal
specifications, power 1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3
LEVTHSN values
the same
strength. of uplink
BSC).
Related Value N control
signal
decisions 0~
strength, depend
if P ofuponthe 63(0:<-
received
N values average
fall below
value
relevant 110dB
series
threshold of uplink
value, m;1:-
signal
increase strength.
MS (uplink) 110dB
The decision process
transmission m~-
Power Decrease PCULRED is as follows:
power to improve For 109dB
According to GSM the
Control uplink level LEVTHSTh the latest
uplink signal
specifications,
N average valuespower
m;…… 30 30~36 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3
Related Threshold s strength.
control
of
62:- 6 6 6 6 6
uplink signal
decisions
strength, if P depend upon 49dBm
received
of the N average
values rise ~-
value
above relevant 48dBm
series
threshold of uplink ;63:>-
signal
value, strength.
reduce MS
The decision process 48dBm
(uplink) transmission ) (>)
Power Decrease is as
power follows: For
PCULRED the latest the uplink
to improve
Control uplink level 1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
LEVTHSP Nsignal
average values of
strength.
Related Value P uplink signal
strength, if P
of the N values rise
above relevant
threshold
value, reduce MS
(uplink) transmission
power
to improve the uplink
signal strength.
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average
value
series of uplink
signal strength.
The decision process
Power Decrease is
Accordingas follows:
to GSMFor
PCULRED the latest
specifications, power
Control uplink level 1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3
LEVTHSN Ncontrol average values of
Related Value N uplink signal
decisions depend upon 0~
strength,
received average if P 63(0:<-
of
value the N values rise
above 110dB
seriesrelevantof uplink
threshold
signal strength. m;1:-
value,
The decision reduceprocess
MS 110dB
Increase (uplink)
is as follows: transmission
For m~-
Power According
the latestto GSM
power 109dB
Control
downlink specifications,
PcDlInclLev N average valuesuplink
to improve the power 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3
level control
of m;…… 26 30~35 5 5 5 5 5
Related signal
downlink strength.
signal 62:-
Threshold decisions
strength, if depend upon
received 49dBm
P of the averageN values ~-
value
fall below relevant
series of uplink 48dBm
threshold
signal
value, strength.
increase BTS ;63:>-
The
(downlink)decision process 48dBm
Increase is as
transmission follows: For
power ) (>)
Power According latestto GSM
downlink PCDLINCL theto improve
specifications, the power
Control Ndownlink
averagesignal
values of 1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
level LEVTHSP control
downlink signal
Related quality.
decisions
Value P strength, depend if upon
received
P of the average
N values
value
fall below relevant
series
threshold of uplink
signal
value, strength.
increase BTS
The decision process
(downlink)
Increase is as
transmissionfollows: For
power
Power Accordinglatestto GSM
downlink PCDLINCL the to improve
specifications, the
Control N averagesignal valuespower
of 1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3
level Value LEVTHSN downlink
control
downlink signal
Related quality.
decisions if depend upon
N strength, 0~
Preceived
of the Naverage
values 63(0:<-
value
fall below relevant 110dB
series
threshold of uplink
signal m;1:-
value, strength.
increase BTS 110dB
The decision process
(downlink)
Decrease is as follows: For m~-
Power PCDLRED transmission
According
the latestto
power
GSM 109dB
downlink to improve
specifications, the power 35~4 35~4 35~4 35~4 35~4
Control LEVTHSTh Ndownlink averagesignal
values of m;…… 34 35~40 0
level control
downlink signal 62:- 0 0 0 0
Related s quality.
decisions
Threshold strength, dependif upon
49dBm
received
P of the average
N values
value ~-
rise above relevant 48dBm
series
threshold of uplink
signal
value, strength.
reduce BTS ;63:>-
The decision process
(downlink) 48dBm
Decrease is as follows:
transmission For
power ) (<)
Power According
latestto GSM
downlink PCDLRED the to improve
specifications, the power
Control Ndownlink
averagesignal
values of 1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
level Value LEVTHSP controldownlink signal
Related strength.
decisions
P strength, depend
if upon
received
P of the average
N values
value
rise above relevant
series
threshold of uplink
signal
value, strength.
reduce BTS
The decision process
(downlink)
Decrease is as follows:
transmission power For
Power
downlink PCDLRED the latestto
According
to improve GSM
the
Control Ndownlink
averagesignal
valuespower
of 1~31 4 3 3 3 3 3 3
level Value LEVTHSN specifications,
downlink
Related strength.signal
control
N strength,
decisions if depend upon
Preceived
of the N values
average
rise
value above relevant
threshold
series of uplink
value,
signal reduce
strength.BTS
(downlink)
The decision process
Power Increase PCULINCL transmission
is as follows: power
For
uplink According
to latestto
theimprove GSM
the
Control QUALTHS specifications,
N average valuespower
downlink signal of
0~7(>) 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
quality
Related Threshold Ths control
strength.
uplink signal
decisions
quality, if Pdepend upon
received
of the N average
values rise
value
above relevant
series
thresholdof uplink
signal
value, strength.
increase MS
The decision
(uplink) process
transmission
Increase
Power PCULINCL is as
power follows: For
uplink
Control QUALTHS the latest the uplink
to improve 1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
quality Nsignal
average values of
quality.
Related P uplink signal
Value P
quality, if P
of the N values rise
above relevant
threshold
value, increase MS
(uplink) transmission
power
to improve the uplink
signal quality.
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average
value
series of uplink
signal strength.
The decision process
Increase is as follows: For
Power PCULINCL According
uplink the latestto GSM
Control QUALTHS specifications,
N average valuespower
1~31 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
quality of
Related N control
uplink signal
Value N decisions depend upon
quality, if P
received
of the N average values rise
value
above relevant
series
threshold of uplink
signal
value, strength.
increase MS
The
(uplink) decision process
transmission
Decrease is as follows: For
Power PCULRED power
According to GSM
uplink the
to latest the
improve uplink
Control QUALTHS specifications, valuespower
0~7(<) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
quality Nsignal average
quality. of
Related Ths control
uplink signal
Threshold decisions depend upon
quality, if P
received
of the N averagevalues fall
value
below relevant
series
threshold of uplink
signal
value, strength.
reduce MS
The
(uplink) decision process
transmission
Decrease is as follows: For
Power PCULRED power
According to GSM
uplink the
to improvelatest the uplink
Control QUALTHS specifications, valuespower
1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
quality Nsignal average
quality. of
Related P control
uplink signal
Value P decisions depend upon
quality, if P
received
of the N average
values fall
value
below relevant
series
threshold of uplink
signal
value, strength.
reduce MS
The
(uplink) decision process
transmission
Decrease is as follows: For
Power PCULRED power
According
uplink the
to latestto
improve the
GSM
uplink
Control
quality
QUALTHS specifications,
Nsignalaverage valuespower
of
1~31 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
Related N control quality.
Value N uplink signal
decisions
quality, if depend
P upon
received
of the N average
values fall
value
below relevant
series
threshold of uplink
signal
value, strength.
reduce MS
The
(uplink)decision process
transmission
Power Increase PCDLINCL is
power as follows: For
downlink According
the to
latest the GSM
Control QUALTHS to improve
specifications, uplink 0~7(<) 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
quality Nsignal
average valuespower
quality. of
Related Threshold Ths control
downlink signal
decisions
quality, if P of upon
depend
received
the N values average
rise
value
above relevant
series of uplink
threshold value,
signal
increase strength.
BTS
The decision process
(downlink)
Power Increase PCDLINCL is as follows:
transmission For to
power
downlink According
the latest to GSM
Control QUALTHS improve the downlink
specifications, 1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
quality Nsignal
average valuespower
quality. of
Related Value P P control
downlink signal
decisions
quality, if P of upon
depend
received
the N valuesaverage
rise
value
above relevant
series of uplink
threshold value,
signal
increase strength.
BTS
The decision process
(downlink)
Power Increase PCDLINCL is as follows:
According
transmission to GSM For to
power
Control downlink QUALTHS the latest
specifications,
improve power
the downlink 1~31 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
quality Ncontrol
average
signal values of
quality.
Related Value N N downlink signal
decisions depend upon
quality,
received if P of
average
the
valueN values rise
above
seriesrelevant
of uplink
threshold value,
signal strength.
increase BTS process
The decision
Decrease (downlink)
is as follows: For
Power PCDLRED According
the latestto GSM
transmission power to
downlink specifications,
improve the power
downlink
Control QUALTHS N average values of 0~7(>) 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
quality control
signal
downlinkquality.
signal
Related Ths decisions depend upon
Threshold quality, if
received
P of the average
N values
value
fall below relevant
series of uplink
threshold
signal
value, strength.
reduce BTS
The decision process
(downlink)
Decrease is as follows:
transmission power For
Power PCDLRED the latest the
downlink to improve
Control QUALTHS Ndownlink
averagesignal
values of 1~31 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
quality downlink
Related P quality. signal
Value P quality, if
P of the N values
fall below relevant
threshold
value, reduce BTS
(downlink)
transmission power
to improve the
downlink signal
quality.
According to GSM
specifications, power
control
decisions depend upon
received average
value
series of uplink
signal strength.
The decision process
Decrease is as follows: For
Power PCDLRED the latest
downlink
Control QUALTHS N average values of 1~31 4 2 2 2 2 2 2
quality downlink signal
Related N
Value N quality, if
P of the N values
fall below relevant
threshold
value, reduce BTS
(downlink)
transmission power
to improve the
downlink signal
quality.
ggestion value difference scene
high speed vast indoor
railway coverage coverage

900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M

No No Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No Yes Yes

2~4 2~4 2~4 2~4 2~4 2~4

2 2 2 2 2 2

5 0 5 0 5 0

16 12 16 12 16 12

11 11 11 11 11 11

2 2 2 2 2 2
No No No No No No

No No No No No No

[24, [24, [24, [24, [24, [24,


22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2 22,2
0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,
0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0,
0,0] 0,0] 0,0] 0,0] 0,0] 0,0]

240 240 240 240 240 240

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No No

22~3 22~3 22~3 22~3 22~3 22~3


0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3

30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3


6 6 6 6 6 6

2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3

30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3 30~3


5 5 5 5 5 5

2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3

35~4 35~4 35~4 35~4 35~4 35~4


0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
suggestion value diffe
value dence urban
Parameter Parameter parameter default recomand ares/urban ares suburb
Category range
Name (EN) Code explain &unit value value Co-
900M 1800M 900M
BCCH
Adjacent Int Interference IntfObjectId Interference 1 ~ 6 1 - - - -
Adjacent Int Related Cel RelationDN This paramet- - - - - -
Adjacent CeUser label - User label Character st- - - - -
Adjacent CeAdjacent celHoResObjecThis paramet1 ~ 32 1 -
900- -
1800- - -
>900: >1800
3 :5
Adjacent CePriority of Hopriority
According to0 ~ 7 3 3 3 3
During the communication between MS and 900- 1800-
BTS, the transmission power is controlled by the >1800 >900:
network. The network sets the power for MS :5 3
900M:5
Adjacent CeMAX power lMsTxPwrMaThis parameter
through 0 ~ defines
the power 31command the
5 minimum
and the receiving
command
intensity level on(onSACCH
BCCH) (SACCHrequired for 1800M:0
is transmitted hasMS to
2 header 900- 1800-
handover
bytes, one is the power control byte and the to
to this cell. It is one of parameters
>900: >1800
decide preferred cells during handover control.
other is the timing advance byte). MS must extract the15 MS power:15
control header from downward SACC
Adjacent CeMIN power l RxLevMin in the serving0 cell ~ 63;0:<
constantly -110
15 monitors
dBm,1:-110 the signal
dBm ~15-109 dBm,2:-109 dBm 15 ~ -108
15 dBm,……,62:-4
According to GSM specifications, handover decisions 900-
depend1800-
upon received average value of uplin
intensity on BCCH of adjacent cells. Adjacent 900- 1800-
the >1800 >900:
cellsPBGT
with the value of an adjacent
minimum receivingcell is greater
intensity than
level >900: >1800
the relevant
higher threshold
than this parameterof this cell,
are handover
potential shall for:18
candidates
15
28handover.
:28 MS with receiving level larger than
Adjacent CeMIN thresholHoMarginPbbe performed 0 to
~ 100(0:
find a more
30 suitable cell.
according to MS receiving sensitivity. When network observes 28 28 distribution
uneven traffic 28 in certain c
900- 1800-
This parameter defines the threshold used
>1800 >900:
to determine PBGT handover from an
:16 38
adjacent cell to local cell.
Adjacent CeMinimal Thr HoMarginRxAccording to0 ~ 48(0: - 30 26 26 26 26 26

Adjacent CeMinimal Thr HoMarginRxAccording to0 ~ 48(0: - 30 24 24 24 24 24

Adjacent CeMacro-microMacroMicro It indicates 0 ~ 63(0:< 20 25 25 25 - 25

Adjacent CeMacro-microMacroMicro It counts th 1~255 2 4 4 4 - 4

Adjacent CeTarget cell t TargetCellTrIt indicates 0~100,% 75 75 75 75 - 75

In order to avoid handover oscillations in cells, a


Adjacent CeMAX level diMaxForceHo 0~48 9 9 9 - - 9
tolerable level difference for forced handover is required, which shall be lower than PBGT handover

Directed transfer does not result in destination cell


Adjacent CeHandover foHoForceRescongestion. When 0 ~ 100 resource40 of object cell is lower 30 30 - - 30
than the congestion threshold, forced handover can be Atimplemented.
At At At
This parameter provides the handover policies in
same same same same
multilayer network technology and dual-frequency
Priorities of the adjacent cell are as At same layer layer layer layer layer
follows:
Adjacent CeNeighboring NCellLayer network technology.
Undefined,Multilayer
SAt same radio
laye
coverage can
1.Adjacent cell as thishave
cell as as as as
be formed in thewith same
same frequency
physical area.band.
In brief, limiting the PBGT handover defined in the specificatio
the following features: BSIC of color code is this thisfield this this
number
This of handovers
parameter during the call,
of thus improving the system reliability and ranks
valid; Its measured intensity high among
communication cel
qualit
2. Adjacent cell defines the priority
in the frequency band adjacent
different cell cell cell cell
Adjacent CeCS adjacent RepPrioCS
c cells to report
from that of the the measurement
0:Lower;1:H
serving 0 mustreport
cell have the following0features: 0 BSIC0 of color 0 code 0 is valid. Its measu
during
Here, XXXPS traffic operation.
represents the frequency band different from that of serving cell.
Priorities of the adjacent
3. Other access cell are
technologies, as follows:
such as UTRAN/FDD adjacent cells. These cell shall have the followi
1.Adjacent cell with same
For above priorities, frequencylocation
if the priority’s band. These cell shall
has surplus, thenhave theitfollowing
leave features:
to adjacent cell of BSIC of colo
the next prio
Adjacent CePS adjacent RepPrioPS
c limit specified 0:Lower;1:H
by RprtThoPSXXX.
0 Here, XXX represents
0 frequency
0 0 band
cells with same RepPrioCS, the cell with greater sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) and R of
0 serving
0 cell.
2. Adjacent cell in the frequency band different from that of the serving cell must have the following
represents the frequency band different from that of serving cell.
3.Other
The useraccess
can clicktechnologies, such cell
Select to select as UTRAN/FDD
or external cell adjacent cells. These cell shall have the followin
Adjacent CeRelated Cel - Fordisplayed -
above priorities, if the- priority’s location has surplus, then leave it to adjacent cell of the next prio
in interface, check Mutual, you can mutually configure it as reselection and handover cell.
cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) and R
Only the cell related to the serving cell can be a candidate
Adjacent CeIs related ceIsRelatedCel Yes/No No No No No No No
in rapid fading handover. This is a parameter of adjacent cell and is used to indicate if adjacent cell

In the case of 1800M and 900M network sharing site, it is better to handover subscribers of 900M n
Adjacent CeIs handover IsHoForceNc Yes/No No No No No No No
Forced handover is a method for on-site traffic adjustment. The forced handover direction is definite
Adjacent CeIs support CCNSUPPOCNN mode re
Yes/No No Yes Yes Yes Yes

UTRAN Adjac
User label User label Character st-

This parameter is a unique identification of UTRAN


UTRAN AdjacAdjacent UTHoRSObject 1 ~ 64 1
adjacent cell handover and reselection object.
Handover from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies th
UTRAN AdjacRSCP offsetHoRSCPOff Priorities of the 0 ~ 63 5 are as follows:
This parameter adjacent is a prerequisite cell to ensure enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of UTRAN adjac
1. Adjacent cell with same frequency band. have
Handover
the following from GSM to UTRAN being triggered only indicates that UTRAN adjacent cell satisfies th
UTRAN AdjacEc/No offse HoEcNoOff This parameter 0features:
~ defines
49 BSIC
the of colorofcode
5 priority adjacent is valid;
cellsItstomeasured
report thefield intensity
measurement ranks
reporthigh among cel
This parameter
frequency band isof aserving
prerequisite cell. to ensure enough field intensity for uplink/downlink of during
UTRAN PSadjac
traf
Priorities of the adjacent cell are as follows:
2. Adjacent
1. Adjacent cell cell with
in thesame frequency band different from that of the serving cell must have the following
UTRAN AdjacCS adjacent RepPrioCS
c 0:Lower;1:H 0 frequency band. These cell shall have the following features: BSIC of col
Here, XXX represents
limit specified by RprtThoPSXXX. the frequency band
Here, XXX different from that
represents of serving
frequency bandcell.
of serving cell.
3. Adjacent
CNN
2. Othermode accessrefers
cell in technologies,
to
thecell alternating
frequency such
band as UTRAN/FDD
notificaiton.
different from thatadjacent
of thecells. These
serving cell cell
must shall
havehave
the the followi
following
UTRAN AdjacPS adjacent RepPrioPS
c larger than or0:Lower;1:H
equal to the0band lowerdifferent
limit specified by ofXXXRprtThoCS.
When
representsBSS the supports
frequency CCN mode, if MS does
from cell
that serving cell. Here, XXX represents access te
For
It above
reselection
3.indicates
Other priorities,
in NC0
the
access priorityandif the
ofNC1
technologies, CS priority’s
suchlocation
modes,
adjacent PACKET
as cell hasCELL
report.
UTRAN/FDD surplus, then leave
adjacent it to adjacent
cells. These cellhave
cell shall of the
thenext prio
followi
UTRAN AdjacIs support CCNSUPPOcellslargerwith
CHANGE
Prioritiesthan same
of the
or RepPrioCS,
NOTIFICATION
Yes,
equal Noto thecell
adjacent No the
are cell
message
lower with greater
notification
as follows:
limit specified sum
byshall of RprtThoCSXXX
XXXRprtThoPS. Here, (or
XXX XXXRprtThoCS)
represents access andte R
be
1. delivered
ForAdjacent
above priorities,to network
cell in theif same
the in priority’s
normal
frequency case.
locationAfter
band as
hasnetwork
the serving
surplus, thencell mustit have
leave the following
to adjacent features:
cell of the next prio
This
receivesparameter
ofthis is used to determinespecific DN of is the UTRAN external cell.
UTRAN AdjacRelation DN RelationDN – BSIC
RprtOffsetPSXXX
cells to report -message,
color code
the about(or is itvalid;
-can send
XXXRprtOffsetPS)
measurement report preferred.
The
– Its user
system can click
message
measured fieldSelect to select
standby
intensity rankscellahigh
cellMS.
to from the
among pop-up
cells in the interface.
same frequency band (actual band place
during
Handover PS trafficGSM operation.
or equal tofrom the lower limit to UTRAN specified being triggered only Here, XXX represents frequency band of se
by RprtThoCSXXX.
UTRAN AdjacUTRAN HO HoObjectId Priorities
This paramet
indicates of
that the ~adjacent
1 UTRAN 64 cell
1 arecell
adjacent as satisfies
follows: the minimum
2. Adjacent cell in the frequency band different from that of the serving cell must have the following
1. Adjacent cell
requirement for with
normal same UE frequency
communication band. These
– BSIC of color
Handover from code is
GSM to valid;
UTRAN being triggered onlycode is valid; Its measured field intensity
UTRAN AdjacRSCP offsetHoRSCPOff cell
within

shall
Its measured
indicates
have
it. This
that ~the 63following
0parameter
field
UTRAN intensity 5 afeatures:
is
adjacent prerequisite
ranks
cell
BSIC
high to of
among
satisfies the
color
ensure cells
minimum in the same frequency band (actual band place
ranks high
enough field among
intensity cells inuplink/downlink
the same frequency
lower limit
requirement specified
for normal byfor RprtThoCSXXX.
UE communication of UTRAN
Here,
band
adjacent andcells.
is larger than or equal topriority
the lower
UTRAN AdjacEc/No offse HoEcNoOff XXX
within
limit
represents ~It 49
it. This0parameter
specified by
also
the controls
frequency
RprtThoPSXXX. is the
band
5 a prerequisite different
Here,
of ensure
to
XXX
a UE to
handover
from
enough thatfieldto serving
of different
intensity adjacent
cell.
for cells.
uplink/downlink of UTRAN
represents frequency band of serving cell.
3. Other access
adjacent cells. Itintechnologies,
also such as WCDMA/FDD
UTRAN AdjacCS adjacent RepPrioCS
c 2. Adjacent cell
0:Lower;1:Hthe controls
frequency
0 the priority
band of a UE to
different
adjacent
handover
This parameter cells.
to have
different
is used tothe following
adjacent cells.features:
from that of the serving celldetermine
must have DN theof

theThe cell’s scramble
UTRAN external is correct.
cell.
UTRAN AdjacRelation DN RelationDN following
– Its measured
features:
- fieldBSIC intensity
of
- color should
code is valid. Its measured field intensity ranks high
rank
The user
among caninclick
cells the Select
same frequency to select aband
cell
high
from among
the pop-up cells with
interface. the same access
and
This is larger than
parameter is orunique
a equal to the lower of UTRAN
identification
UTRAN AdjacUTRAN Adjace RSObjectId technologies
limit specified 1(actual
~ 64
by
band1 place depends on
RprtThoPSXXX. Here, XXX
adjacent cell reselection
XXX_MULTIRAT_REPORTING) object. and is larger
represents
CNN mode the
refersfrequency
to cell band different
alternating notificaiton.
than or equal to the lower limit specified by XXXRprtThoCS. Here, XXX represents access technolo
UTRAN AdjacPS adjacent RepPrioPS
c from
When that
BSS 0:Lower;1:H
of supports
serving cell. 0 mode, if MS does cell
4. For GSM adjacent CCN cell with valid BSIC, or GSM adjacent cell with permitted NCC but invalid BCC
3. Other access
reselection in NC0 technologies,
and NC1 modes, such as UTRAN/FDD
PACKET CELL
For above priorities:
UTRAN AdjacIs support CCNSUPPOadjacent
CHANGE cells.
If the priority’s
These
NOTIFICATION
Yes, No cell
location has Noshall have notification
message
surplus, then
the
leave itshall
to adjacent cell of the next priority;
following
DN
be features:
(BssId-SiteId-BtsId-Hold) the cell’s scramble
of WCDMA/FDD,
the is After
correct.
handover
Fordelivered
access technologyto network in normal
such as case. network
or frequency band such as GSM 900M, the cell with
Its measured
cell or DNthis (EcId)fieldofintensity ranks high among
UTRAN AdjacRelation DN RelationDN receives
For cells with same the
message, external
it -can
RepPrioCS, cell.
sendthespecific
cell with greater sum of RprtThoCSXXX (or XXXRprtThoCS) an
cellsuser
The
system with the- same
can
message click access
Select
about to
standby technologies
select cella to
cellMS.and is
XXXRprtOffsetCS) is preferred.
largerthe
from thanpop-upor equal to the lower limit specified
interface.
This parameter identifies the directionNO relation between
Adjacent CeThe directio NCELLDIR by XXXRprtThoPS. NO DIRECTI Here,NXXX O DIRECT
represents access - - - -
adjacent cell and local cell. You can set DIRECTION
the direction information for each adjacent cell.
technologies like UTRAN/FDD.
This parameter identifies the direction NO
relation hasbetween
Adjacent CeThe directio NCELLDIR For above priorities, NO DIRECTI if theN priority’s
O DIRECT location - - - -
adjacent
surplus, then cell and leave local
it tocell.
adjacent You can cellsetDIRECTION
of the direction information for each adjacent cell.
the
next priority. For access technology such as
UTRAN/FDD, or frequency band such as GSM 900,
the cell with high RepPrioPS is preferred. For
cells with same RepPrioPS, the cell with greater
sum of RprtThoPSXXX (or XXXRprtThoPS) and
RprtOffsetPSXXX (or XXXRprtOffsetPS) is preferred.
suggestion value difference scene
high speed vast indoor
suburb coverage coverage
railway
1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - -

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

15 13 14 13 13 15 15

28 28 28 28 28 28 28

26 26 26 26 26 26 26

24 24 24 24 24 24 24

25 - - - - 25 25

4 - - - - 4 4

75 - - - - - -

- - - - - - -

- - - - - - -
At At At At At At At
same same same same same same same
layer layer layer layer layer layer layer
as as as as as as as
this this this this this this this
cell cell cell cell cell cell cell
0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

DIRE DIRE
CTIO CTIO
N A
DIRE N A
DIRE
- - - - -

CTIO 或
CTIO
DIRE
NA DIRE
NA
- CTIO CTIO - - - -
或 或
N B
DIRE N B
DIRE
CTIO CTIO
NB NB
parameter value default
Category Parameter Name (EN) Parameter Code range
explain &unit value

HO Control ParameAllow SDCCH handover HoControl0 This parameYes/No No


This parameter determines if allow inter-cell handover
HO Control ParameAllow intra-cell handover due to upHoControl1 Yes/No Yes
attempt
This due to uplink
parameter interference.
determines if to allow inter-cell handover
HO Control ParameAllow intra-cell handover due to doHoControl2 Yes/No Yes
attempt
This due to downlink
parameter interference.
determines if to allow handover due
HO Control ParameAllow handover due to distance HoControl3 Yes/No No
to distance.
This
parameter
determines
HO Control ParameAllow standard PBGT handover HoControl4 if to allow Yes/No Yes
standard
PBGT
handover.
This parameter determines if to allow automatic
HO Control ParameAllow automatic handover based onHoControl5 Yes/No No
handover based on traffic.
This
parameter
determines
if to allow
HO Control ParameAllow handover based on direction HoControl6 Yes/No No
automatic
direction
based on
traffic.
HO Control ParameAllow handover based on homocentr HoControl7 This parametYes/No No
This parameter determines if to allow intra-cell handover
HO Control ParameAllow intra-cell handover in super HoControl8 Yes/No No
in super
This TRX channel
parameter due toif downlink
determines interference.
to allow intra-cell handover
HO Control ParameAllow intra-cell handover in super HoControl9 Yes/No No
in super
This TRX channel
parameter due toif uplink
determines interference.
to allow adjacent cells
HO Control ParameAllow adjacent cells handover in HoControl10 Yes/No No
handover in super
This parameter TRX channel
determines due todynamic
if to allow PBGT adjustmen
HO Control ParameAllow dynamic adjustment of handov HoControl11 Yes/No No
of handover priority.
HO Control ParameAllow rapid handover HoControl12 This parametYes/No No
This parameter determines if to allow Macro-Micro
HO Control ParameAllow macro-micro delay handoverHoControl13 Yes/No No
delayparameter
This handover.determines if to allow Micro-Micro delay
HO Control ParameAllow Micro-Macro delay handoverHoControl14 Yes/No No
handover.
This
parameter
determines
if to allow
HO Control ParameAllow internal handover based on HoControl15 Yes/No No
internal
handover
based on
TA.
This parameter determines if to allow forced transfer
HO Control ParameAllow force transfer handover HoControl16 Yes/No No
handover.
This
parameter
defines
two
handover
modes of
subcell
CO-BCCH HO Subcell handover algorithm HoControl17 handover Concentric Concentric
algorithm:
Concentric
Handover;
Handover
based on
path loss
and TA.
This parameter describes if uplink quality handover
HO Control ParameAllow quality handover in uplink HoControl19 Yes/No No
is permitted.
This parameter describes if uplink level handover is
HO Control ParameAllow level handover in uplink HoControl20 Yes/No No
permitted.
This parameter describes if downlink quality
HO Control ParameAllow quality handover in downlink HoControl21 Yes/No No
handover
This is permitted.
parameter describes if downlink level handover
HO Control ParameAllow level handover in downlink HoControl22 Yes/No No
is permitted.
HO Control ParameAllow DL rapid handover HoControl23 This parametYes/No No

PBGT HO PbgtHoLayer_0 Yes/No Yes


PBGT HO PbgtHoLayer_1 Yes/No Yes

PBGT HO PbgtHoLayer_2 Yes/No No

PBGT HO PbgtHoLayer_3 Yes/No No


This parameter determines to select one of
HO Control ParamePrior layer selecting parameter on sLayerPriority 1~3 2
above three methods.
and allowed During
adjacent cells handover
with control
the strongest
HO Control ParameMultiband report indication MulbandReport length before 0~3preprocess 3is same as that after
NCC according to the signal intensity, regardless
HO Control ParamePreprocessing indication Preprocess preprocess. 0~4, SACCH3
One disadvantage of preprocess is
calculation
that exceeds
the handover Number andofpower
zero allowed in
HO Control ParameNumber of zero allowed in AV ZeroAllowed Inter-cell 0~31 control
handover takes 1place when control are
thetotimer
AV, then measurement average equals sum of
HO Control ParameMIN interval between inter-cell ha HoMinInterval exceeds
cell if MSthe 0~31,
failsdefined s interval
to handover 5 tovalue from the cell.
the destination
HO Control ParamePenalty time for handover failure HoFailPenaltyTime last inter-cell
During handover
the penalty
1~255; MRofr7
time, MS. Thishandover
inter-cell parameter within
This
BSC parameter
will not 0~63,dB is used
occur. Thistoparameter
perform an offset on the
determines penality
HO Control ParameLevel offset during penalty PenaltyLevOffset 15
downlink
when making levelhandover
of this celldecision,
in the penalty period.
no longer uses
HO Control ParameNeighboring cell NCell RIL3_RR 1~31
PHYSICAL 4
INFORMATION message.
the original measurement data but uses a series
HO Control ParameInterval of SDCCH re-sending phy T3105d Timer Stop:
RIL3_RR It
1~67,
stops10ms
PHYSICAL when 28the network message.
INFORMATION
HO Control ParameInterval of TCH re-sending PHY T3105f receives
Timer Stop: a layer-2
It stopsframe
1~32, whenthat
10ms 10thecan be correctly
network
message
receives a‘RIL3_RR
layer-2 PHYSICAL INFORMATION’ and
HO Control ParameMAX resending times for physical Ny1 5~35 frame that 20 can be correctly
restart
TA thedestination
of the T3105 timer if the
cell timeras
is same stops
that and fails
of the source
HO Control ParameSynchronization HoPatternInd1 Yes/No Yes
cell.
HO Control ParameAsynchronization HoPatternInd2 TA of the deYes/No Yes
HO Control ParamePseudo-synchronization HoPatternInd3 MS is able t Yes/No No
HO Control ParamePre-synchronization HoPatternInd4 This parameYes/No No
dynamic handover priority is higher than that of the
HO Control ParameDifference of dynamic priority DynPrioOffset 1~7 1
second
It cell ifbut
indicates the second
maximum power cellon
is handover
in MS moving direction
HO Control ParameSupport maximum power on hand Info_3 0:no support0
command
It describesisif0(No):PBGT
supported.
the macro-micro handover decision
HO Control ParameThe priority of the handover from MMacroMicroHoPrio PBGT is higher than 0of the second cell but the
takes precedence of that
1(Yes):宏微切换优先PBGT handover decision.
Distance HO PBGT difference PbgtOffset second cell is 0~20,db
in MS moving 3 direction, then the direction-
based handover algorithm works if the difference
To more effectively control traffic distribution in the
cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,
PBGT HO Lag time for PBGT between differePbgtHoParam_0 add PBGT decision 0~300, soffset50 level in the cell at different
layers within certain duration, which is lag time for
PBGT between different layers.

To more effectively control traffic distribution in the


cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,
PBGT HO Level offset for PBGT to up layer PbgtHoParam_1 0~48 24
add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at upper
layer within certain duration.

To more effectively control traffic distribution in the


cell at different layers, while doing PBGT decision,
PBGT HO Level offset for PBGT to low layer PbgtHoParam_2 0~48 24
add PBGT decision offset level in the cell at lower
layer within certain duration.

handover, if there are P values of PBGT in N PBGT


PBGT HO PBGT handover Value N PBGTHoN 1~31 3
satisfying the
handover, handover
if there are P determination
values of PBGT condition,
in N PBGTthe
PBGT HO PBGT handover Value P PBGTHoP You can do 1~31 handover
PBGT 2 decision if the downlink
satisfying the handover determination condition, the
PBGT HO The threshold for starting PBGT h PbgtHoStartThs level in current 0 ~cell
63(0:<-110dBm;1:-110dBm~-109dBm;…
is lower
35 than the starting level
select oneoftype
threshold PBGTof measurement
handover data and use
UL/DL RxLev HO Uplink power level(Weight) HoUlLevWeight 1~3 2 decision.
the data
select oneto type
calculate the averagedata
of measurement value.
and use
UL/DL RxLev HO Downlink power level(Weight) HoDlLevWeight when making 1~3
handover 2
the data to calculate thedecision, no longer uses
average value.
UL/DL RxLev HO Uplink power level(Window) HoUlLevWindow 1~31
the original measurement 4data but uses a series
when making
of average handover decision, no longer
values data.uses
UL/DL RxLev HO Downlink power level(Window) HoDlLevWindow 1~31 of the measurement
4
the original "HoUlLevThs"
Parameter measurement defines
data butthe
uses a series
related
UL/DL RxLev HO Uplink power level(Threshold) HoUlLevThs 0 ~ 63(0:< 15
threshold, parameter
threshold, parameter “HoDlLevN”
"HoUlLevN" defines
defines the
the related
UL/DL RxLev HO Downlink power level(Threshold) HoDlLevThs 0 ~ 63(0:< 15
related N value,
Parameter and parameter
"HoUlLevThs" defines“HoDlLevP”
the related
UL/DL RxLev HO Uplink power level(N) HoUlLevN 1~31 3
threshold, parameter
Parameter "HoUlLevThs" "HoUlLevN" defines
defines the the related
related
UL/DL RxLev HO Uplink power level(P) HoUlLevP 1~31 2
"HoUlLevN" defines the related
threshold, parameter “HoDlLevN”
UL/DL RxLev HO Downlink power level(N) HoDlLevN 1~31 3
related N value,
threshold, and parameter
parameter “HoDlLevN” “HoDlLevP”
defines the
UL/DL RxLev HO Downlink power level(P) HoDlLevP period in the 1~31
DTX mode. 2BSC needs to optionally
related N value, and parameter “HoDlLevP”
UL/DL RxQual HO Uplink quality level(Weight) HoUlQualWeight select one type 1~3of measurement
2 data and use
select
the dataoneto type of measurement
calculate the average data and use
value.
UL/DL RxQual HO Downlink quality level(Weight) HoDlQualWeight 1~3 2
the data
when to calculate
making handoverthedecision,
average value.
no longer uses
UL/DL RxQual HO Uplink quality level(Window) HoUlQualWindow 1~31 4
the original
when making measurement data butno
handover decision, uses a series
longer uses
UL/DL RxQual HO Downlink quality level(Window) HoDlQualWindow to improve 1~31
the uplink 4 quality.
signal
the original measurement data but uses a series
UL/DL RxQual HO Uplink quality level(Threshold) HoUlQualThs Parameter “HoUlQualThs”
0~7 (>) 4 defines the related
Parameter “HoDlQualThs”
threshold, parameter defines the related
UL/DL RxQual HO Downlink quality level(Threshold) HoDlQualThs 0~7 (>) “HoUlQualN”
4 defines the
threshold, parameter “HoDlQualN” defines the
Parameter “HoDlQualThs” defines the related
UL/DL RxQual HO Downlink quality level(N) HoDlQualN 1~31 3
threshold,
Parameterparameter
“HoDlQualThs” “HoDlQualN” defines
defines the the
related
UL/DL RxQual HO Downlink quality level(P) HoDlQualP to improve 1~31
the uplink 2 quality.
signal
threshold, parameter “HoDlQualN” defines the
UL/DL RxQual HO Uplink quality level(N) HoUlQualN Parameter
to improve the“HoUlQualThs”
1~31
uplink signal 3 defines
quality.the related
UL/DL RxQual HO Uplink quality level(P) HoUlQualP threshold,
Parameterparameter
“HoUlQualThs”
1~31 “HoUlQualN” defines
2 defines the the
related
downlink
threshold, level in current
parameter cell is no more
“HoUlQualN” than
defines the
the
Macro-Micro HO Handover from macro to micro MacroMicroStartThs RapidHoN 0 ~ 63(0:<-110dBm;1:-110dBm~-109dBm;…
counter defines 40the minimum times
starting level threshold of macro-micro handover
Rapid HO Rapid handover Threshold RapidHoThs for which the
RapidHoN 0measured
~ 63(0:<
counter definessignal
10the intensity
minimumoftimes
a
Rapid HO Rapid handover Value N RapidHoN call
for is less than the threshold.
parameter value (number of occupied TCHa channels
which the 1~31
measured signal
2 intensity of
Traffic HO Threshold of traffic for handover TrafficThs /call is lessofthan
number total the
0~100,%
TCHthreshold.
channels,
70 not including blocked
Traffic HO Hysteresis timer when traffic hand TrafficHyteresisTm idle
When channels),
there a0 ~then
255,sit indicates
7 the cell is too busy,

Traffic HO Layer control value for handover onTrafficHoLayrCtl the current c0:undefined;1

Traffic HO Frequency control value for handove


TrafficHoFreqCtl handovers mu
GSM900, EXGSM900

Force HO MAX time advance threshold on fo MaxTAThs specified by 0~63 5

P value of force handover parameter are used


Force HO MAX path loss threshold on force MaxLossThs P 0~150 110
forvalue of force
decision handover
in actual parameter
situations. In other arewords,
used
Force HO N value of force handover HoForceN for decision in 1~31
actual situations.
3 In other words,
P value ofconditions
handover force handover parameter are used
Force HO P value of force handover HoForceP uplink 1~31 are met
co-frequency 2 if P of N measurement
for decision in actualinterference.
situations. In other words,
UL/DL Interferenc Intra-handover uplink receive leve IntraHoUlLevThs Parameter "IntraHoUlLevThs"
0~63 35 defines the related
UL/DL Interferenc Intra-handover uplink receive leve IntraHoUlLevN threshold, parameter
1~31 "IntraHoUlLevN"
3 defines the
UL/DL Interferenc Intra-handover uplink receive leve IntraHoUlLevP strong downlink 1~31 co-frequency2 interference.
UL/DL Interferenc Intra-handover downlink receive le IntraHoDlLevThs Parameter
strong 0~63
"IntraHoDlLevThs"
downlink co-frequency40 interference.
defines the related
UL/DL Interferenc Intra-handover downlink receive le IntraHoDlLevN threshold,
Parameter
strong downlinkparameter
1~31 "IntraHoDlLevN"
"IntraHoDlLevThs"
co-frequency3 defines the
interference. defines the
related
UL/DL Interferenc Intra-handover downlink receive le IntraHoDlLevP threshold, parameter
Parameter "IntraHoDlLevN"
"IntraHoDlLevThs"
1~31 2 defines the defines the
related
downlink
threshold,quality,
parameter QoffSetxx is uplink/downlink
"IntraHoDlLevN" defines the
UL/DL Interferenc Uplink interference quality offset QOffSetUl 0~2 1
quality
downlink offset, RXLEV_XX
quality, QoffSetxxisisuplink/downlink
uplink/downlinklevel,
UL/DL Interferenc Uplink interference level offset SOffSetUl 0~20 15
quality offset,
downlink RXLEV_XX
quality, QoffSetxxisisuplink/downlink
uplink/downlinklevel,
UL/DL Interferenc Downlink interference quality offse QOffSetDl 0~2
(RXLEV_DL+SoffSetDl). 1
quality offset, RXLEV_XXWhere, rxqual-xx islevel,
is uplink/downlink uplink/
UL/DL Interferenc Downlink interference level offset SOffSetDl downlink quality, 0~20QoffSetxx 10 is uplink/downlink
handover is considered
quality offset, RXLEV_XX to is
have no influence level,
uplink/downlink on
UL/DL Interferenc Invalid intra-handover time TMaxIHo 0~255;MR re16
interference,
handover the countertoHoCount
is considered have no increases
influence on by 1
UL/DL Interferenc MAX count of invalid intra-handoveMaxIHo 0~10 3
interference,
when makingthe counterdecision,
handover HoCountno increases
longer uses by 1
TA HO Distance Distance 1~31 4
the
Theoriginal
decision measurement
process is asdata but uses
follows: For the a series
latest
TA HO Max Time Advance Threshold be DistanceThs N CommonTA cell:
63
N average
average values
values of of TA (distance),
(distance), ifif P P of
of the
the N N
TA HO Distance handover value N DistanceN values
N risesvalues
average 1~31
aboveofrelevant 3 threshold
TA (distance), if Pvalue,
of thethen
N
TA HO Distance handover value P DistanceP perform
values
on common handover.
rises 1~31
aboveTRX
layer The handover
relevant2 threshold
frequency is due
and to the
value,
P of MS then
latest
CO-BCCH HO Good C/I Threshold GoodCiThs perform
N C/I
on handover.
values
common 0~255;0:-1
raise TRX
layer The frequency
above handover
133
the goodand isC/I
due to the
MS latest
threshold,
P of
CO-BCCH HO Good C/I Value N GoodCiN then
N
onC/I perform
values1~31
common handover
raise
layer above
TRX from
3the common
frequency goodand C/I layer TRX
threshold,
P of the latest
CO-BCCH HO Good C/I Value P GoodCiP then
N C/Iperform
values handover
1~31
raise above from
2the common
good
is on special layer TRX frequency and P of the C/I layer TRX
threshold,
CO-BCCH HO Bad C/I Threshold BadCiThs then
is on perform
latest handover
N C/I values
special 0~255;0:-1
layer from
130common
fall below
TRX frequencythe badandC/I layer TRX
P threshold,
of the
CO-BCCH HO Bad C/I Value N BadCiN then
is on perform
latest special handover
N C/I values
1~31
layer from
3 special
fall below
TRX frequencythe badand layer
C/I ofTRX
P threshold,
the
CO-BCCH HO Bad C/I Value P BadCiP then
latestperform handover
N C/I values
1~31 from
2 special
fall below the badlayer TRX
C/I threshold,
It indicates
then perform thehandover
value to from
compensate
special powerTRX
layer in the
CO-BCCH HO Power compensation between freqDuleBandOffset It is onecell 0~50,dB
of sucell handover 0 parameters, indicating
second in dual band cell.
CO-BCCH HO The MAX of path loss PathLossMax threshold parameters
0~150,dBwhile 126subcell 2 do path loss
will be selected
handover decision first,
foruse RR_GETRADIOCHANNEL
subcell
CO-BCCH HO The MIN of path loss PathLossMin 0~150,dB 120 1.
interface of DBS to apply channel; if byPathLoss >
It is one of sucell handover parameters, indicating
CO-BCCH HO The MAX of time advance SubCellTAMax threshold
It is one ofparameters
Minimum 0~63handover
sucell while1 parameters,
subcell 2 does TA handover
indicating
CO-BCCH HO The MIN of time advance SubCellTAMin decision
threshold
resource for subcell
parameters
0~63 1. while0 subcell 1 does TA handover
follows:
decisionFor for the latest N value of subcell handover
subcell
CO-BCCH HO N value of subcell handover SubCellN threshold 1~10 2. 4
sample
follows: average values,
For the latest if SubcellP
N value (P value
of subcell of subcell
handover
CO-BCCH HO P value of subcell handover SubCellP allowed by 1~10 3
sample average values, if SubcellP (P value of subcell
the cell,
Dynamic priority Minimal resource threshold ResourceThs which is 0~100, % 20
useddecision
The to process is as follows: do the handover
Rapid HO Downlink Rapid handover threshol DLRAPIDHOTHS ifcalculate
The thedecision
latest downlink
0~63
processlevel
is as10values
follows:(without
do the average
handover
Rapid HO Downlink Rapid handover N DLRAPIDHON dynamic
processing) is higher level
if the latest downlink
1~20 than3 values
the sum of relevant
(without averagethreshold
ifprocessing)
cellthe latest downlink
is higher level
than values
the sum (without
of average
relevant threshold
Rapid HO Downlink Rapid handover offset of DLRAPIDHOOFFSET_0 0~63 0
ifprocessing) is higher level
the latest downlink
priority. than values
the sum of relevant
(without averagethreshold
Rapid HO Downlink Rapid handover offset of DLRAPIDHOOFFSET_1 0~63 2
ifprocessing) is higher level
the latest downlink than values
the sum of relevant
(without averagethreshold
Rapid HO Downlink Rapid handover offset of DLRAPIDHOOFFSET_2 0~63 5
processing)
handover is higher than
is performed from the sum
cell ofcell
A to relevant
B, it isthreshold
not
HO Control ParameHandover back penalty HOBACKPENALTY 0~60,s 5
allowed to perform handover from cell B back to cell
suggestion value difference scene
dence urban high speed indoor
recoman suburb vast coverage
d value
ares/urban ares railway coverage
900M 1800M Co- 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M
BCCH
No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No yes No No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No yes No No No
No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No Yes No No No No No
No Yes No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No yes No No No

No No No No No No No No No No No No

Handov
Handove er
r based based
on path - - on - - - - - - - -
loss path
and TA loss
and TA

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No No No No
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 5 5 5 5 5 3 3 5 5 5 5
12 12 12 12 12 12 7 7 12 12 12 12
15 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 15 15 15 15
4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No No No No No No No No No No No No
No No No No No No No No No No No No
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
50 63 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4
0 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
15 0 0 0 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
80 80 80 - 80 - - - - - - -
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

- - - - - - - 3 -

DCS1
- - - - - - - -
800,

5 5 5 - - - - - - - - -

110 110 110 - - - - - - - - -


3 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
2 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
35 - - - - - - - - - - -
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
3 3 3 - 3 3 - - 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 - 2 2 - - 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
133 - - 133 - - - - - - - -
4 - - 4 - - - - - - - -
3 - - 3 - - - - - - - -
130 - - 130 - - - - - - - -
4 - - 4 - - - - - - - -
3 - - 3 - - - - - - - -
0 0
136 136
130 130
2 2
1 1
4 3
3 2

20

10 - - - - - 15 15 - - - -
2 - - - - - 2 2 - - - -
0 0 0
2 2 2
5 5 5
8 8 8 8 8 8 5 5 8 8 8 8
The cell reselection due to radio channel quality
takes C2 as the standard. C2 is formed according to
C1 parameter, and some special offset parameters,
to add the special influence as to enable MS to
enter some cells in priority. Usually, such measures
allow balancing the traffic on the network. suggestion value d
Besides C1, there are three factors affecting
value dence urban ares/urban
Parameter Parameter C2: parameter
Cell Cell reselection
reselection offset,
parameter default recomandthe MS
Temporarynotifies
indication ares suburb
Category
Name (EN) Code range
ifexplain
offset,
to use and
C2Penalty
the time.
as &unit value
cell reselection value and if
parameter
Cell
therereselection
is the relatedoffset is a magnitude
parameter value, C2. 900M
for calculating 1800M Co-BCCH 900M
INFORMATION
which
It indicates TYPE3
indicates theand
if the TYPE4
human
related messages.
modified
parametervalue
forof C2.
calculating
attached Additional
Calculate reselection
a modified
cell reselection parameter
valueC2
standard ofis indication
C2contained
to encourage is one
in SYSTEM of
CR Related reselection the
or cell selection
prevent
INFORMATION MSmessage parameters.
accessing
and aifcertain Value Instruction:
cell,
C2 standard isso as
AdditionResel 􀂃
to Yes: MS
implement
adopted Yes/No
takes
in the off
balance cellNoreselection
network.
cell reselection. No
parameter
The successive Cell No No No No
Parameters parameter PI and the parameters related to information
computing
Network
reselectionbroadcasts
offset, the parameter
Temporary offset and Penalty
indication C2 from theinrest
thebytes ‘SI7/8 Rest
to
timeall MSs
are invalid, cell
and MSthrough asOctets’
takes RIL3_RR
C1 cellof
SYSTEM
the
SYSTEM INFORMATION
INFORMATION
reselection TYPE3
standard TYPE
and 7 this
TYPE4
when ormessages.
8.value is It‘No’.
is
Thisoneparameter
of the cell selection parameters.
is broadcasted to all MS in The
Cell validity
the cell of in this parameter
RIL3_RR SYSTEM depends
INFORMATIONupon Cell
CR Related reselection reselection parameter indication.
CellReselPI TYPE3
The
and TYPE4
setting of
messages.
Yes/No NoCell reselection
Cell reselection offset,No No Yes No No
Parameters parameter parameter indication is one of the cell Temporary
selection
offset and
parameters. the Penalty
Value time
Instruction: are classified
indication into three cases:
􀂃 Yes: MS gets parameters to compute C2 from
􀂃
cellInbroadcast
case of large
systemtraffic
messagesor poor communication
and regard C2
quality
as a cell inside a cell due
reselection to certain
standard. causes,
Parameters Cell
normally MS is expected not to work
bar qualify, Cell reselection offset, Temporaryin that cell
(that is, certain repulsion
offset and Penalty time are invalid. to that cell).
Penalty
􀂃 No: MStime can be C1
considers setparameter
as 31 in as such cases.
a cell
CR Related Reselection Temporary
reselection offset is invalid,
standard. and the
Parameters Cellnumerical
bar
ReselOffset value
qualify,of C2
Cell0~63,
equals 2db 0
C1 minus
reselection 0~10
this parameter
offset, Temporary 0 4~10 0 0
Parameters offset Cell reselection offset. Therefore, the C2 value
offset and Penalty time are invalid.
corresponding to the cell
Enable this parameter, if is decreased,
related and
cell adopts C2 as
reduces
the cellthe possibility
reselection that MSOtherwise,
standard. reselecting disable it.
the cell. Besides, the proper value of this
In addition,
parameter Cellvalue difference
reselection mustcan
offset be be
greater
set
Cell than the value
according to thespecified
repulsiveinnature
CRH. of cell. The
CR Related reselecting
ReselHystere Network
more is thebroadcasts
repulsive
0~7, 2db thenature,
parameter
4 theinformation
larger
4 is 4 4 4 4
Parameters hysteresis to
theMS in reselection
Cell the cell through RIL3_RR
offset. SYSTEMin case
Vice versa
level INFORMATION
of a smallerTYPE3 and TYPE4 messages.
Cell reselection offset.
Cell
􀂃 Forreselection
cells withoffset,
reselecting hysteresis Temporary
small traffic level offset,
andis ofand
thePenalty
oneequipment
low
CR Related Temporary
TemporaryOff time. Temporary
utilization, 0~7, offset
10db MSindicates
normally 1 the temporary
is encouraged 0 to work in 0 0 0 0
Parameters offset modification
that cell value
(that is, for C2. Temporary
certain propensity means thatcell).
to that
Cell
it onlyreselection
acts on C2 offset, Temporary
for amust
period andoffset, and Penalty
the period
CR Related Cell reselection offset be set between
Penalty time PenaltyTime time. Temporary
0modification 0~31,offset
~ 10 (corresponding 20s indicates
0 the temporary
0 this 0 0 0 0
Parameters value fortoC2. 0 ~Temporary
20 dB) inmeans that
case,
it only acts on C2 for a period andcell.
according to tendency of the The
the period
more is the tendency, the larger is the Cell
reselection offset. Vice versa in case of a
smaller Cell reselection offset. It is usually
better to set the Temporary offset same as Cell
reselection offset, or a little higher than Cell
reselection offset. The main function of Penalty
time is to avoid frequent cell reselection of MS.
The common recommended setting is 1 (20
seconds) or 2 (40 seconds) (the 1800 cell of
dual-frequency network is such a case).
􀂃 For cells with ordinary traffic, usually
“ReselOffset” should be set as 0 and
“PenaltyTime” as 31. Thus, C2 is equal to C1,
that is, without human factors on the cell.
suggestion value difference scene
high speed
suburb vast coverage indoor coverage
railway
1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M 900M 1800M

No No No No No No No

Yes No No No No No Yes

0~5 0 0 0 0 0 4~10

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0

You might also like